Home

Software Manual R&S FS-K5

1. gt REF LEVEL EXTERNAL ATTEN AUTO LEVEL amp TIME TRIGGER OFFSET TRIGGER FREE RUN TRIGGER EXTERN TRIGGER RF POWER NO OF BURSTS p GENERAL SETTINGS y DEMOD gt SELECT STANDARD SETTINGS J MIDAMBLE DYNAMIC PHASE FREQ MOD LATION SET USER ERROR ACCURACY MIDAMBLE CARRIER POWER POWER STANDARD VS TIME amp DYNAMIC SPECTRUM EDGE MULTISLOT ON OFF TRANSIENT FALLING AUTO EXT CONF SPECTRUM EDGE LEVEL amp TIME TABLE SPURIOUS TOP POINT SYMB HIGH RESOL 8 AUTO FALL RISE EXT CONF MODULATION LEVEL amp TIME ZOOM ON FORE GSM EDGE Y TIME MEAS EXT CONF MULTI BURST FIND HIGH RESOL TABLE CARRIER THRESHOLD START START FILTER LIST LIST 500K BURI LIST LIST START RESULTS RESULTS REF MEAS PAGE AUTO BURST FIND UP LEVEL amp TIME THRESHOLD PAGE DOWN 1 only available for selection DEMOD SETTINGS REF POWER LIST AVG MODULATION 8PSK RMS Loc WERNE DREAM 2 only available if option FSP B6 installed LIMIT mes reL START START REF MEAS REF MEAS AUTO AUTO LEVEL amp TIME LEVEL amp TIME Figure 2 2 Overview of menus 1141 1515 44 2 2 R amp S FS K5 IF RF PWR AS IQ TRIG E R amp S FS K5 Selecting default settings Sele
2. 7 3 70 Status Reporting Registers for GSM EDGE Measurements eee serene 3 71 Overview of Status RegiSters ooocoooncccocccocnnoconoccnnononoconononnnonanncnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnninnnns 3 71 STATus QUEStionable Register nee een 3 72 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register 2 20220000000002000 0000 nnnnn nennen anne anne nennen 3 73 1141 1515 44 1 3 1 E Contents Remote Control R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 I 3 2 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands 3 Remote Control The following sections are to complete and update Chapters 5 and 6 of the user manual The Description of Commands section includes the new commands valid especially for the R amp S FS K5 application and all commands not available or available only with restrictions in the GSM EDGE mode Commands come in alphabetical order in separate lists in the List of Commands section The Status Reporting Registers for GSM EDGE Measurements section provides information on the bit assignment in the STATus QUEStionable and STATus QUEStionable SYNC registers The R amp S FS K5 commands were generated with a view to maximum compatibility with those of the FSE K10 FSE K11 FSE K20 FSE K21 applications for the FSE family Some commands were included in the command set only for reasons of compatibility In the description of measurements in Chapter 2 the corresponding IEC IEEE bus
3. seen 2 43 2 69 2 83 Measurement Carner DOWOF nenn aan a 2 29 QD OMIAG a ad 1 8 Carrier power vs time sessi nnn 2 36 Measurements Carrier signal not detected sess 1 14 OSUN S arca 1 8 Command Messages from the GSM EDGE software 1 15 DESCHBRIION anna 3 1 N E No Carrier BIE clas 2 44 2 69 2 83 EDGE uto O OE A 1 1 1 4 NOTE BURST FIND always ON in this version 1 16 MIGOIUTIDIOS cadet a Aes eae eat a 2 10 3 8 NOTE SYNC FIND always ON in this version 1 16 Selec ee ehe 3 13 Edge of a Durst ne 2 39 2 40 P Errors and difficulties during measurement 1 14 Ext Trig Gate In input neenseseesenneeenennnenensnnnennennnennnnnen en zov PASSED CODD C DI le EX MILLE EE EA EIL D 1 8 PEAK AVG 2 18 F BEARIED ise etit ee 2 18 Phase frequency error sees eese nennen nen 2 23 FAILED ocius unidad ie een 1 8 POWer VS TING essen 2 36 FOMA X CR 1 1 EISEQUA meuf CN LI tee Miror 2 18 2 24 R FRE OTIL D iie desi o E 2 18 REF LEVEL too high DECREASE REF LEVEL 1 15 G REF LEVEL too low INCREASE REF LEVEL 1 15 Results Of measurements sess 1 8 A s dpdbsestdee ced i dateVe iet ttured yada 1 1 RMS AVG cette karl 2 18 Miaamble eer tet d Dar gerebat Pu Pere gs 2 10 3 8 PRIS MED eine een 2 18
4. 1141 1515 44 Press the TRANSIENT SPECTRUM softkey to call the submenu for measuring the spectrum due to transients In the default setting the SPECTRUM ANALYZER measures the spectrum due to transients in the frequency domain FREQUENCY SWEEP Alternatively and precisely in accordance with the standard START LIST can be used to measure in the time domain In this mode the SPECTRUM ANALYZER measures the spectrum due to transients in the time domain at the frequency offsets required by the GSM standard and presents the results in list form You can use LIST RESULTS at any time to view the most recent measurement in the time domain When the TRANSIENT SPECTRUM menu is opened for the first time the parameters are set in accordance with the GSM standards see Additional information for other settings Span 3 6 MHz Resolution bandwidth 30 kHz Video bandwidth 100 kHz Detector trace Max peak max hold Sweep time 2 5S Sweep count 0 floating trace averaging Main PLL mode narrow is only valid for R amp S FSU R amp S FSQ The settings correspond to those made when the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey is pressed The parameter settings can be changed They are not reset until you exit TRA measurement by starting another measurement or exiting the GSM EDGE or press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey When you start list measurement START LIST the parameter settings used are those currently valid with the exception of SPAN Pres
5. eee 2 42 3 15 FYLE BURG T Gc meer 2 38 3 16 GENERAL SETTINGS diiit terere toot eee 2 3 IF RE PWRAS IQ TRIG nenne 2 8 EIMITABSREL Sansa 3 18 LIST AVG EIN EOG nun 2 68 3 17 LIST RESULTS it 2 68 2 81 3 33 3 35 MODULATION ACCURACY 3 14 3 24 3 25 MODULATION GMS EDGE sese 3 13 MODULATION GMSK 8PSK usse 2 13 3 6 MODULATION SPECTRUM esee 2 64 M ETI CARRIER versand 2 13 3 12 INO OE BURSTS dictata tit ans eoo Edda 2 7 PHASE FREQ ERROR 2 18 2 24 3 14 3 22 3 23 POINTS YMD ui it cupere peer 2 12 3 13 POWER VS TIME 00 c 2 37 3 16 3 31 REFPEVEE ro rT eae error re aine err retry 2 4 REF POWER PEAK RMS esee 2 61 3 18 RERERENGENNTIERT u a 2 3 RESTORE GSM LINES sese 2 15 3 13 RISING EDGE ete hoteles 2 39 3 16 SELECT MIDAMBLE itt 2 9 2 11 3 7 SET USER MIDAMBLE esee 2 10 3 8 SINGLE FREQ SWEEP 2 64 2 65 2 78 2 79 3 17 3 18 vbi Qc ds 3 19 STANDARD DYNAMIC 2 13 2 45 3 12 STAR TENSE d ee feierte nennen 2 66 2 80 START RER MEA S reno tento en 2 43 SYNC FIND nazis era 2 11 3 13 TIME MEAS HIGH RESOL 2 2 42 3 16 TOP HIGH RESOLUTION 2 cccccsssececsssseeecenesseeeees 3 16 TRANSIENT SPECTRUM essen 2 78 TRIGGER EXTERN nase een 2 6 TRIGGER FREE RUN unser 2 6 IRIGGERJP
6. GSM EDGE Mobile and Base Station Test for Spectrum Analyzers Applications Firmware R amp S FS K5 1141 1496 02 Test and Measurement 1141 1515 44 07 1 02 09 This Software Manual describes GSM EDGE Mobile and Base Station Test for the following models R amp S FMU R amp S FSG R amp S FSP R amp S FSQ R amp S FSU R amp S FSUP Dear Customer throughout this manual FS K5 is generally used as an abbreviation for the software option R amp S FS K5 The Spectrum Analyzers R amp S FSP and R amp S FSU are abbreviated as FSP and FSU respectively 1141 1515 44 06 2 E 6 Basic Safety Instructions Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions All plants and locations of the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety Our products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed built and tested in accordance with the safety standards that apply in each case Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by our quality assurance system The product described here has been designed built and tested in accordance with the attached EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer s plant in a condition fully complying with safety standards To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation you must observe all instructions and warnings
7. ImelevantiniGmede IA symbols oversampling constant for GSM measurements Pema the center of the screen linear a grid line every 4 degrees ETS ON CTC o weer CC ON CIS ON ME None 2 27 E 7 Measurement of phase and frequency error R amp S FS K5 Availability of keys and softkeys All BW parameters BW menu Not available A Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not available MEE Trigger VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS Start frequency START Function not available Measurement is in time domain Stop frequency STOP Function not available Measurement is in time domain Span parameters Function not available Measurement is in time domain SPAN FULL ZERO LAST SPAN Step width of center frequency coupled to Function not available Step width of the center frequency is resolution bandwidth AUTO X x RBW switched to manual value 2 kHz Level reading Function not available Instead of showing the level Y axis REF LEVEL RANGE LOG MANUAL LINEAR shows phase angle in DEG REF LEVEL POSITION GRID ABS REL Frequency counters Function not available SIGNAL COUNT COUNTER RESOLUTION Reference Fixed Marker Function not available REFERENCE FIXED menu Noise measurement NOISE MEAS Function not available Measurement of phase noise Function not availab
8. 36dBm 3308m Pasaam 334m oo m m Table 2 5 Power control level Power Control Power Level GSM900 GSM900 DCS1800 DCS1800 PCS1900 Phase Phase II II Phase Phase II II A Ye 39 a AA dm 32dbm To 43dBm 39dBm adam 30dBm 30dBm 26 dBm 24 dBm 22 dBm 20 dBm 6 otam stoem i8dBm i8dBm 18dBm 16 dBm 8 zrdim 274m i4d amp m idem 14 dBm LI 10 dBm 8 dBm 6 dBm 4 dBm sam 15dim 2dbm 2dBm 45 i3dim saem ob 08m te id 14m 04am reserved ar cam oam reserved 38 74m oam reserved 39 sem oam reserved Cas 04am reserved Bass je e pas ee 3 25 dBm 25 dBm 12 dBm 12 dBm 12 dBm 1141 1515 44 2 56 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Measuring with slow frequency hopping Analysis of the burst s time characteristic and the power readings include only the bursts that a can be demodulated correctly and b have the midamble set under DEMOD SETTINGS If these conditions are not fulfilled the SYNC NOT FOUND message is issued and evaluation of the measured values stops Measurement automatically resumes on arrival of a burst with the defined midamble Demodulation is possible only when the DUT s carrier is on the defined frequency This precaution is adopted to avoid falsification of the measured values by bursts outside ARFCN and
9. DENOD SEITIHGS i FE HAXH PHASE FREO ERROR CARRIER POWER POWER US TINE NODULATION SPECTRUA TRAHSIENT SPECTRUN OA Start 38 MHz 697 MHz Stop 7 GHz Figure 2 18 Measurement of spurious Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analyzer mode The following settings are changed automatically all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Center frequency The center frequency set before spurious measurements commenced is restored Trigger GSM trigger IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SAN 1141 1515 44 2 90 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spurious Test hints Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS The default value when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see User Manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode Transducer factors The R amp S FS K5 provides measurements with transducer factors as described for the basic unit The frequency response of external components power splitters cables attenuator pads can be corrected or taken into consideration Transducer factors can be activated f
10. Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 22 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PEER OWES COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI TEER TC BURRS LOTM MAXxX 2 RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt IQOFfset AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWESCOUN 20 INIT IMM WAI
11. Fig 2 9 Dynamic extended slot configuration incorrect level CTRLVL Control Level Limit lines power levels CTRLVL Control Level are necessary to calculate the edges of the limit lines at an offset of 18 us from the useable range of a burst These edges are normally a function of a mobile s power level As already explained above the control level cannot be derived by the measured power The user must provide this value instead The input field is available for GSM standards only and not accessible in dynamic mode The height of the level varies between 6 dB und 1 dB depending on the standard selected in addition the selection of a standard defines which power levels can be selected 1141 1515 44 2 50 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Extended Slot Configuration Mode Explanation of the Limit Line Calculus Taking into account the overall settings the PvT limit lines have to be calculated and applied to the sampled IQ data Two tasks have to be fulfilled step by step e Assembly of the slot related power profiles into a complete GSM frame e Proper placement of this set regarding the GSM time scale For each single slot a limit line is specified according to the GSM scheme This limit line is specified as a relative line in time as well as in level The time zero is the symbol transition of symbol 13 to 14 the center of the midamble in accordance with the symmetric definition of the power pr
12. enuuessuenssnnenenenenennnenennnnnnnenennnnenennennn nennen Results of time domain MeasureMent occcocccccncncocncnnocnnnnnncncnnnnnnonaconnnnnnnnnnnnnnonaninnannns Measurement of sDUFOLIS nis A stele al UBER ICH RET T mm Relationship between frequencies and channels ccccseccceeceeeeeceeeeeseeeseeesaeeeaes POWO CIAS SE teat dan Me I M E CE LM E eo A OWE Control EVO Sica ee POWER ClAS SOS POWER CONTOINEVE ica I 2 3 E 7 R amp S FS K5 The GSM EDGE Hotkey 2 Measurements with Application Firmware R amp S FS K5 GSM EDGE Base and Mobile Station Tests The following measurements are possible with the R amp S FS K5 application firmware in single slot or multi slot mode e PFE Phase frequency error Measurement of phase and frequency error with synchronization to midamble IQ offset and IQ imbalance e MAC Modulation Accuracy Measurement of EVM of 95 th percentile value origin offset suppression of frequency error of IQ offset and IQ imbalance with synchronization to midamble e CPW Carrier power Measurement of carrier power e PVT Power versus time Measurement of carrier power versus time with synchronization to midamble e MOD Modulation spectrum Measurement of spectrum due to modulation e RA Transient spectrum Measurement of spectrum due to transients e SPU Spurious Measurement of spurious Midamble A standard midamble or an user defined midamble can be selected The GSM EDGE Hotkey Pressing the G
13. BURST FIND THRESHOLD 1141 1515 44 Measurement of carrier power versus time Press the POWER VS TIME softkey to start measurement of Carrier power versus time and open a submenu for configuring the display The power of the burst is also measured as centered relative to the midamble and displayed When theexternal trigger is used the time between external trigger and first sample of the first bit of midamble will be calculated and displayed not for rising falling edge see figure 1 4 in chapter 1 section Trigger and time references In this time measurement two values are displayed TRGS HLD MaxHold value of the measured times between trigger and midamble start Example1 20 10 30 gt Max 30 Example 2 20 10 30 gt Max 30 TRGS AVG Average value of the measured times between trigger and midamble start The current value without averaging max hold is displayed if Sweep Count No Of Bursts is set to 1 Three curves are displayed Max Peak Min Peak and Average number of bursts gt 1 if number of bursts 1 only one curve is shown The limit values are checked against the Average Trace default The settings for checking the max trace against the upper limit line and the min trace against the lower limit line are performed in the LINES menu 5 display modes are possible e Display of entire burst FULL BURST optionally with TIME MEAS HIGH RESOLUTION e Display of useful part of
14. EBDCTBURSSIOOBRSAVEHER RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURStIQOFfset MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI BRLC BURDEITOORZMAR2T RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 23 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage This comma
15. sSMT 75 ms START LIST GAT TRG LIST RESULTS PAGE DOUH EXT spp Center 1 GHz 364 kHz Span 3 6 MHz ETT Em En Figure 2 12Spectrum due to modulation in frequency domain 1141 1515 44 2 65 E N Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Press the START LIST softkey to start measurement of the spectrum due to modulation in the time domain in the section of the TDMA burst defined in the standards 50 to 90 of the useful part The analyzer measures at the following offsets from the channel frequency 100 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 400 kHz n 200 kHz n whole number and n lt 38 limit frequency included the channel frequency itself is excluded The number n of discrete frequencies is defined by the span which is user selectable in the range from 200 kHz to 15 2 MHz This value is always determined from the SPAN value used also for the FREQUENCY SWEEP measurement The following conventions apply SPAN 0 spectr measuring range 1 8 MHz 0 lt SPAN lt 200 kHz spectr measuring range 100 kHz 200 kHz lt SPAN x 15 2 kHz v spectr measuring range SPAN SPAN 15 2 MHz spectr measuring range 7 6 MHz You can choose the resolution bandwidth but note that this bandwidth is reset to 30 kHz when you press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey In the time domain the measurement is performed with the AVERAGE detector Since firmware version 2 60 3 60 it is also pos
16. CALCulatel LIMit2 NAME CPWL G TCPWU ES CALCulatel LIMitl FAIL CALCulatel LIMit2 FAIL 3 67 E 7 Softkeys Command R amp S FS K5 POWER INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL SWEep COUNt num value READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate premeasurement INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result FETCh BURSt PTEMplate TRGS AVERage FETCh BURSt PTEMplate TRGS MAXimum CALCulatel LIMit1 NAME PVTU G PVTU E CALCulatel LIMit2 NAME PVTL G PVTL E CALCulatel LIMitl FAIL CALCulatel LIMit2 FAIL Notes Forsetting CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL and TOP the carrier power CPW can be queried via command CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN RESult In the case of multislot measurements a digit is appended to the name of the limit line to indicate the number of active slots e g PVT E4 In Access Burst Mode AB must be added FULL INSTrument SELect MGSM BURST CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL RISING INSTrument SELect MGSM EDGE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect RISing BARTINE INSTrument SELect MGSM EDGE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FALLing TOP INSTrument SELect MGSM HIGH RESOL CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect TOP EISE APA
17. CONFigure ECONfigure OFRame ON OFF This command defines the limit line handling before begin of slot O and after end of slot 7 in the extended slot configuration mode As default OFF the limit checking is additionally done before slot O and after slot 7 Here a repetitive signal is required Slot 7 signal is followed by slot O as defined in the configuration table In other cases e g if an idle burst follows it may be required to only check the time period of the frame itself but not the period before slot O and after slot 7 Here parameter ON has to be used Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON OFR ON only the frame is checked Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT 0 1 7 gt LIMit ABSolute BASe lt 1 2 gt numeric value This command specifies which absolute limit base value should be taken into account upon calculation of the upper limit line s BASE or BASE1 specifies the value for the line area situated 28 us and more apart from either side of the useful part of the slot BASE2 provides the value for the region located from 18 us to 28 us outside the useful part of the slot at either side power dB 2 2 222222222 Lbe 2 um useful part Base A Sees SS 147 bits gn Base 1 TO 7056 13 542 8 10 8 46 10 8 10 time us The provided values are maintained individually for each
18. IF Power Trigger active draws your attention to the change The IF RF power and or external trigger settings are not always possible or useful in all measurements so in some cases the FREE RUN trigger is selected automatically The table below shows the triggers used for the various measurements and the GSM trigger mode selected Table 1 5 Trigger settings in GSM trigger mode A Trigger used when trigger mode Measurement Possible trigger s Extern IF Power RF Power FSP only External Free Run External Free Run In access Free Run In access burst mode IF Power burst mode RF Power The level extern trigger and of the IF and RF Power trigger can be set manually burst mode IF Power burst mode RF Power 1141 1515 44 1 10 E 6 FS K5 Trigger options Trigger and time references The trigger offset for the external trigger and for the IF RF POWER trigger can be set automatically or manually These values are stored in the GSM EDGE Each time you change triggers the relevant trigger offset value is also set The timeslot of the TDMA burst to be measured in the PFE PVT MOD and CPW measuring modes is defined in the ETSI specifications In the PFE and PVT measuring modes correct timing of the timeslot is ensured by synchronization to the midamble In the MOD and CPW measuring modes the timing of the timeslot has to be set precisely The setting can be performed automatically or manually The manual setting is performed in
19. ROHDE amp SCHWARZ SIT GmbH Am Studio 3 D 12489 Berlin R amp S Systems GmbH Graf Zeppelin Stra e 18 D 51147 K ln GEDIS GmbH Sophienblatt 100 D 24114 Kiel HAMEG Instruments GmbH Industriestra e 6 D 63533 Mainhausen 1171 0200 42 02 00 Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 121 64 info rs rohde schwarz com Phone 49 83 31 1 08 0 49 83 31 1 08 1124 info rsmb rohde schwarz com Phone 49 99 23 8 50 0 Fax 49 99 23 8 50 174 info rsdts rohde schwarz com Phone 420 388 45 21 09 Fax 420 388 45 21 13 Phone 49 22 03 49 0 Fax 49 22 03 49 51 229 info rsdc rohde schwarz com service rsdc rohde schwarz com Phone 49 50 42 9 98 0 Fax 49 50 42 9 98 105 info bick rohde schwarz com Phone 49 30 658 91 122 Fax 49 30 655 50 221 info ftk rohde schwarz com Phone 49 30 658 84 0 Fax 49 30 658 84 183 info sit rohde schwarz com Phone 49 22 03 49 5 23 25 Fax 49 22 03 49 5 23 36 info rssys rohde schwarz com Phone 49 431 600 51 0 Fax 49 431 600 51 11 sales gedis online de Phone 49 61 82 800 0 Fax 49 61 82 800 100 info hameg de Locations Worldwide Please refer to our homepage www rohde schwarz com Sales Locations Service Locations National Websites FS K5 Table of Contents General Information Table of Contents Chapter 1 General Information 1 General Information on Application Firmware FS K5 GSM EDGE Mobile and AS St
20. This command reads out the average of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate INSI MGSM MOONE METY P EDGE CONF BURS MACCY OWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI FETC BURS MACC PERCTAVER RST value SCPI Example Characteristics device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate ENST MGSM CONE SMIYP EDGE CONE BURS TMACCT MS WES COUN ZU INIT IMM WAI UEBITCIBURSIMACC PERCIMAX RST value SCPI Example device specific Characteristics Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC m
21. has to be selected by means of a CONFigure command After switchover to the GSM EDGE mode the modulation mode GMSK or EDGE selected last is active Ifthe analyzer is set to external trigger on switchover to GSM EDGE mode the Extern GSM trigger is used If the Analyzer trigger source is RF POWER trigger the GSM trigger RF POWER is selected When switching from GSM EDGE mode to Analyzer mode the GSM trigger setting is maintained i e IF power if IF Power was set before RF power if RF Power was set before and external trigger if Extern was set before INSTrument lt 1 2 gt NSELect 1 5 Parameter 1 Spectrum analyzer mode 5 GSM EDGE analyzer for mobile and base station tests Example TNST NSEL d Switches the instrument to spectrum analyzer mode Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI conforming Changeover to MGSM is only possible with firmware application GSM EDGE R amp S FS K5 installed For notes on GSM EDGE mode see above 1141 1515 44 3 36 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ Subsystem The READ subsystem contains commands for starting complex measurement tasks such as those provided in the GSM EDGE mode FSE K5 and for querying the results subsequently The READ subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure and FETCh subsystems where the measurement sequences are configured or the results are queried without restarting a new measurement READ AUTO Subsystem Thi
22. A EPOD nC 3 13 GPRS ME 1 4 S GSM AUTO LEVEL TIME in progress 1 16 GSM AUTO LEVEL TIME ok se 1 16 Signal power dBImi si eee is 2 44 GSM AUTO LEVEL TIME MEAS esee 1 16 Signal power ppp p dBm REFERENCE LEVEL too high GSM LIST MEAS in progress sss 1 15 DECREASE REFERENCE LEVEL 2 44 2 69 2 83 GSM MOD LIST MEAS Aborted sessssssessss 1 15 Signal power ppp p dBm REFERENCE LEVEL too low GSM PVT REF MEAS Aborted 22222s22200 nenne nennen 1 15 INCREASE REFERENCE LEVEL 2 43 2 69 2 82 GSM REF MEAS in progress see 1 15 Slow frequency hopping 2 20 2 26 GSM TRA LIST MEASAborted ssesssssssss 1 15 Softkey GSMEDGE ott ene reer newer tdt du aid 2 1 AUTO LEVEL amp TIME na na 2 5 2 12 3 37 AUTO LEVEESTIMES nase 2 44 H BURS HIGH RESOLUTION sr ieia aiani iraia 2 41 BURST FIND nee ee 2 11 3 6 Hotkey BURST FIND THRESHOLD essere 2 14 3 6 GSWEDGE una 1 6 2 1 BURST SEARCH THRESHOLD sess 2 11 HSCSD en a oo 1 4 CARRIER POWER cada 2 30 3 15 DEMOD SETTINGS na 2 9 EXT CONFONOE nassen 2 13 EXT CONF TABLE 2 14 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 1141 1515 44 E 7 Index EXTERNALATTEN sata dio i n 2 4 FALE RISE ZOOM urn 2 41 3 15 3 16 FALLING EDGE ecc aree 2 40 3 16 FILTER BW 500K 600K
23. ALL An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE Analyzer mode R amp S FS K5 and when the spectrum due to switching measurement is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum SWITCHing Example INST MGSM owitches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC SWIT Selects the TRA measurement READ SPEC SWIT Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result Result 0 833 4E6 833 4E6 37 4 36 0 ABS MARGIN lod OEG 654 0b by 3 3 6 0 ABS PALEED 27 O04 OHO O34 Ob G 1443 1050 REL FAILED Of OS OEG SoS UEO 69 0 60 0 RELY PASSED Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ SPECtrum SWITching REFerence IMMediate This command starts the premeasurement of the modulation due to switching transients TRA measurement and reads out the result This premeasurement is only necessary if the limit type is relative See command CONF SPEC SWIT LIM The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth RBW is fix 300 kHz therfore identical to the measured level lt RBW gt bandwidth fix 300 kHz This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5
24. AVERage MAXimum PERRor RMS AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum PTEMplate REFerence ECONfigure IMMediate TRGS AVERage MAXimum MINimum 1141 1515 44 3 21 query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage This command reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER OWES COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI UERPCIBUBRSTEERRIAVER RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh
25. Certified Environmental System ISO 14001 Cher client Vous avez choisi d acheter un pro duit Rohde amp Schwarz Vous disposez donc d un produit fabriqu d apr s les m thodes les plus avanc es Le d ve loppement la fabrication et les tests respectent nos normes de gestion qualit Le syst me de gestion qualit de Rohde amp Schwarz a t homologu entre autres conform ment aux nor mes ISO 9001 et ISO 14001 Engagement cologique 1 Produits efficience nerg tique 1 Am lioration continue de la durabilit environnementale Systeme de gestion de l environne ment certifi selon ISO 14001 1171 0200 11 V 04 01 Customer Support Technical support where and when you need it For quick expert help with any Rohde amp Schwarz equipment contact one of our Customer Support Centers A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation programming or applications of Rohde amp Schwarz equipment Up to date information and upgrades To keep your instrument up to date and to be informed about new application notes related to your instrument please send an e mail to the Customer Support Center stating your instrument and your wish We will take care that you will get the right information USA amp Canada East Asia Rest of the World 1171 0200 22 04 00 Monday to Friday except US public
26. INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS FERR AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt FERRor MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the measurement of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS FERR MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is
27. SWE COUN ZU INITIMM WAI 1141 1515 44 2 24 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Measurement of phase and frequency error Result queries FETC BURS PERR RMS AVER FETC BURS PERR RMS MAX FETC BURS PERR PEAK AVER FETC BURS PERR PEAK MAX FETC BURS FERR AVER FETC BURS FERR MAX FETC BURS IQOF AVER FETC BURS IQOF MAX FETC BURS IQIM AVER FETC BURS IQIM MAX Phaze P requencuy Error Marker 1 Lii J 0 42 i ders GENERAL Ref 1 dBm Att 18 dB SWT 542 75 ys 310 3287 ps SETTINGS deg SUMMARY T1 DENOD SETTINGS 9 PEAK HLD H F PU IQIM HLD IQIM AVG 3 nI NINH TRANS TENT SPEC TRUNG SPURIOUS d SPEC TRUM EE SCREEN B Figure 2 5 Measurement of phase and frequency error Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analyzer mode The following settings are changed automatically all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Span ZERO SPAN RBW 300 kHz Trigger GSM trigger i e IF Power assuming IF Power was set External trigger assuming Extern was set IEC IEEE bus command NST SEL SAN 1141 1515 44 2 25 E 7 Measurement of phase and frequency error R amp S FS K5 Test hints Number of bursts to be measured NO OF BURSTS The default setting when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see SPECTRUM ANALYZER manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to
28. Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PTEM TRGS MIN Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt REFerence IMMediate This command starts the premeasurement of power vs time and returns the measured level in dBm This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate Note This command has been included only for reasons of compatibility with FSE K10 Instead of this command the command READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate should be used whose output format conforms to that of the premeasurement query commands For a detailed description see command READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 52 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 which are used to meas
29. Single slot and multislot limit lines PVT are distinguished by means of a digit appended to the letter Gor E 1141 1515 44 1 5 E 6 Firmware application FS K5 FS K5 In the PVT MOD and TRA only BTS measurement modes the limit values depend on the measured power of the device An arbitrary midamble can be defined for GMSK and EDGE 8 PSK These measurements are preceded by reference measurements to furnish the correct level setting as required by the standard The PFE and PVT measurement modes require a time reference to the midamble TSC O to 7 The IF signal is digitized demodulated and processed IQ mode for these measurements The sections below contain basic information on the main procedures settings and messages of the device The descriptions of the measurements in Chapter 2 contain more detailed information specific to the various modes of measurement The background information in the sections entitled Additional information in Chapter 2 is supplementary in nature and not necessary for normal operation This information merely explains in more detail the internal settings and procedures Chapter 3 describes the application s remote control commands The relevant commands also accompany each description of a softkey Installing the FS K5 firmware application When shipped ex works the FS K5 firmware application is preinstalled and enabled and can be used right away When shipped separately the FS K5 firmware application
30. The values set for PFE and PVT are as follows PFE PVT RBW 300 kHz 300 kHz VBW 1 MHz 3 MHz SWT 542 75us 801 25us 1141 1515 44 1 9 E 6 Transducer factors FS K5 Transducer factors The FS K5 provides measurements with transducer factors as described for the basic unit The frequency response of external components power splitters cables attenuator pads can be corrected or taken into consideration Transducer factors can be activated for CPW MOD TRA and SPU general and list measurements They are set stored and modified in the SETUP menu using the TRANSDUCER softkey Trigger options For R amp S FSP the measurements in the GSM EDGE mode can be triggered with the IF power trigger the external trigger or with free run automatic only cannot be selected manually If option FSP B6 is installed the RF power trigger is available in addition For R amp S FSU FSQ the measurements in the GSM EDGE mode can be triggered with the IF power trigger the external trigger or with free run automatic only cannot be selected manually The RF power trigger is not available but its function is provided almost completely by the FSU FSQ s IF power trigger When the GSM EDGE mode is called the trigger changes from the currently active selection to a GSM trigger mode This automatically selects a suitable trigger Table 1 4 Trigger options RF power R amp S FSP only RF power R amp S FSP only Other trigger IF power The message
31. USER ABO AB1 AB2 This command selects the midamble used by the mobile or base station With selection USER the user defined midamble set with command CONFigure CHANnel TSC USER is used The normal mode is selected with TSCO TSC7 and USER With selection TSO ACCESS TS1 ACCESS or TS2 ACCESS the access burst mode is activated using the access burst midamble pattern and slot structure from the GSM standard When the access burst mode is entered the current measurement like PVT PFE MOD etc is left and the modulation is set to GMSK In access burst mode the measurements power versus time PVT or phase frequency error PFE can be selected other measurements are not available The IF and RF on R amp S FSP power trigger are used in access burst mode to trigger the IQ measurements PVT PFE if the detector board with the model number 03 or higher is part of the analyzer hardware Without that kind of detector board the free run trigger is used as known from the IQ measurements in normal mode The external trigger is available as usual The access burst mode is left by selecting a normal TSCO TSC7 or the TSC USER The active measurement mode from access burst mode PVT or PFE is left and a new measurement mode configuration is necessary This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Note The selected midamble is only significant for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT Parameter numeric value 0
32. bursts with the wrong midamble Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS The default value when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see spectrum analyzer manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode Measurement with maximum dynamic range Once you have used FULL BURST or TOP HIGH RESOLUTION to ascertain that the limit lines cannot be exceeded you can employ the method described below to extend the analyzer s usable dynamic range by a few dB gt Move the reference level to max 2 dB below the actual power of the signal See power reading on the screen in Full Burst mode gt Set RF ATTEN as low as possible gt Reselect measurement FULL BURST RISING EDGE FALLING EDGE This slightly overloads the device without falsifying the measurement The mask is now automatically centered relative to the actual level Note If the power of the mobile is less than 20 dBm it is essential to remove external attenuation in order to achieve the maximum possible dynamic range The increase in S N ratio in dB is roughly equal to the reduction in reference
33. reference level If necessary the IF or RF trigger level and the setting of the mechanical and if available electronic attenuator are optimized in addition If the measurement is not completed successfully termination by user or as a result of an error no setting is changed The following parameters must be correctly set before this auto function is started center frequency GSM trigger mode modulation mode multislot settings midamble multi carrier If automatic setting is not successful make the settings manually with the REF LEVEL and TRIGGER OFFSET softkeys IEC IEEE bus command READ AUTO LEVT The POINT SYMB softkey switches the resolution for PFE PVT MAC measurements between 4 and 8 points per analyzed symbol This settings does not influence the CPW MOD TRA SPU measurements For POINT SYMB 8 twice the amount of data is processed As a result the resolution for the PFE MAC PVT measurements increases The measurement speed however decreases because of longer computing times The data can be retrieved by using the TRACE ASCII EXPORT function of the basic unit or by using the remote control command TRAC DATA TRACE1 IEC IEEE bus command CONF PRAT 4 8 2 12 E 7 R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Selecting default settings The MODULATION GSM EDGE softkey selects the modulation type The limit lines are adapted to the selected modulation type upon switchover IEC IEEE bus command CONF M
34. switch on the Limit Checks on TRACE 1 Indicates that the automatic level and time offset settings AUTO LEVEL amp TIME are completed sucessfully Values obtained during this measurement are indicated Indicates that the automatic level and time offset settings AUTO LEVEL amp TIME are aborted Indicates that the automatic level and time offset settings AUTO LEVEL amp TIME are in progress If the measurement stops here check the trigger and the trigger levels Indicates that the automatic level and time offset settings AUTO LEVEL amp TIME are aborted automatically because of a missing signal This error may also occur if the level at the instrument is higher than 27 dBm In this case the message Carrier Overload is output E 6 R amp S FS K5 Table of Contents Measurements Table of Contents Measurements 2 Measurements with Application Firmware R amp S FS K5 GSM EDGE Base and Mobile Station Tests ccccccsccsscesccsecesecnecnsccsscnecnsecnsonsccsecnscusecnsnsenseenecussensoas 2 1 The GSM EDGE Hotkey 2 2 2 tees ee Sehens 2 1 MENW OVEIVIEW in Bien ais 2 2 Selecting default settings naeh 2 3 External reference frequency a da 2 3 GENERAL SETTINGS MENU aei aa 2 3 DEMOD SET TING S MENU se N el 2 9 Restoring the limit lines RESTORE GSM LINES softkey cooccccoccoocccccccncoconccaconanonnns 2 15 Setting he transmita Nela ELLE 2 16 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE
35. the layer of the GSM network on which modulation transmission of RF signals reception of RF signals and demodulation take place is defined in the standards GSM 05 04 Modulation GSM 05 05 ETS 300 910 General measurement specifications and limit values GSM 11 10 ETS 300 607 1 Detailed measurement specifications and limit values for mobiles GSM 11 21 ETS 300 609 1 and Detailed measurement specifications and limit values for base stations J STD 007 Detailed measurement specifications and limit values for mobiles and base stations in the 1900 MHz band As technological development progresses J STD 007 is now being integrated into the other GSM standards A T amp FDMA method is used to transfer data in the GSM network This means that the digital information is transmitted discretely in the time domain as well as in the frequency domain The time domain is divided logically into frames of different length the smallest unit being known as a timeslot A multiframe consists of 26 frames and a frame has 8 timeslots see GSM 05 01 for details A mobile therefore does not communicate continuously with the base station instead it communicates discretely in individual timeslots In the simplest case 8 mobiles share the 8 timeslots of a frame TDMA Time Division Multiple Access The frequency domain absolute frequency channel number is divided into frequency bands and each band in turn is subdivided into channels Each f
36. 3 28 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAIL Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR PEAK MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage This command reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulations type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurements SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FET
37. 7 training sequence for normal burst USER the TSC set with CONF CHAN TSC USER Is used ABO AB1 AB2 access burst mode Example INST MGSM Switches instruement to GSM EDGE mode CONF CHAN TSC 3 Selects TSC 3 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 7 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CONFigure MS CHANnel TSC USER lt string gt This command defines the bit pattern of the user midamble training sequence The user midamble is selected with command CONF CHAN TSC USER For each modulation type a separate user midamble can be defined Parameter lt string gt For modulation type GMSK The first 26 characters are evaluated 0 and 1 represent the GMSK symbols 1 and 1 If the number of characters is insufficient the string is filled with 0 up to the 26 character Characters other than 0 are processed as 1 For modulation type 8PSK EDGE The first 8 characters are evaluated The character patterns are assigned to the 8PSK EDGE symbols as follows Pattern 8PSK Symbol 111 011 010 000 001 101 100 110 If the number of characters is insufficient the string is filled with 0 up to the 78 character Characters other than 0 are processed as 1 NOOR WDN O Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF CHAN TSC USER 01010101010101010101010101 Defines TSC USER for GMSK C
38. 8PSK method EDGE The GMSK symbol rate is 1 T 1625 6 ksymb s in other words approx 270 833 ksymb s This corresponds to 1625 6 kbit s in other words approx 270 833 kbit s In this method a bit change represents a symbol The details are laid down in ETSI standard GSM 05 04 The 8PSK EDGE symbol rate is 1 T 1625 6 ksymb s in other words approx 270 833 ksymb s This corresponds to 3 x 1625 6 kbit s in other words approx 812 5 kbit s in this method three bits represent a symbol The details are laid down in ETSI standard GSM 05 04 In both cases however the channel bandwidth is restricted to 200 kHz As these figures show the EDGE bit rate is approx three times higher than that of the GMSK method The customers demand for higher telecommunication speeds increases the demand for bandwidth Therefore the GSM standard has to evolve constantly An example of this development is the recently introduced EDGE specification and the GPRS and HSCSD modes Until now each mobile could use only one timeslot per frame but the new HSCSD and GPRS methods will allow permanent assignment of more than one timeslot per mobile plus dynamic utilization of multiple timeslots The concept behind GPRS General Packet Radio Service is dynamic assignment of up to 8 timeslots to each mobile for data transmission depending on demand and availability in the network HSCSD High Speed Circuit Switched Data allows permanent assignment of up
39. E Measurement of carrier power R amp S FS K5 Additional information Parameter MODE SWEEP mode RBW VBW SWEEP TIME REF LEVEL POSITION Y axis TRACE 1 DETECTOR 1 TRACE 2 DETECTOR 2 TRACE 3 DETECTOR 3 Limit Line Limit Checks Limit Line Limit Checks Limit X OFFSET Limit Y OFFSET Time Domain Power measurement 1141 1515 44 Sing te EC o mum 000000 SINGLE under remote control E S S 147 symbol duration 147 3 6923 us 542 75 us LOG 50DB AVERAGE BLANK CPWU_G GSM X relative to screen left CPWU_E EDGE X values symmetrical with O therefore X offset see below Y relative to reference level CPWU_G GSM CPWU_E EDGE center of screen 399g EN onome 2 34 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power Availability of keys and softkeys Peano ETA Ne CET TT agitado dio SIGNAL STATISTICS Furetonrotevaiobe OOOO Trigger Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS Span parameters Function not available Measurement is in time domain SPAN FULL SPAN ZERO SPAN LAST SPAN On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN REF Function not available LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Fiter FILTER TYPE Functionrotavaiable 1141 1515 44 2 35 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp
40. EAILED Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode GSM EDGE This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ SPECtrum MODulation REFerence IMMediate This command starts the premeasurement of the modulation due to spectrum measurement and reads out the result The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation due to spectrum is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result Result 35 2 43 2 30000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 54 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ SPECtrum SWiTching ALL This command starts the measurement of the transient spectrum of the mobile or base station and reads out the result The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the format used for READ SPECtrum MODulation
41. El empresario u operador es responsable de seleccionar el personal usuario apto para el manejo del producto Antes de desplazar o transportar el producto lea y tenga en cuenta el cap tulo Transporte Como con todo producto de fabricaci n industrial no puede quedar excluida en general la posibilidad de que se produzcan alergias provocadas por algunos materiales empleados los llamados al rgenos p ej el n quel Si durante el manejo de productos Rohde amp Schwarz se producen reacciones al rgicas como p ej irritaciones cut neas estornudos continuos enrojecimiento de la conjuntiva o dificultades respiratorias debe avisarse inmediatamente a un m dico para investigar las causas y evitar cualquier molestia o dafio a la salud Antes de la manipulaci n mec nica y o t rmica o el desmontaje del producto debe tenerse en cuenta imprescindiblemente el cap tulo Eliminaci n punto 1 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 10 5 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Ciertos productos como p ej las instalaciones de radiocomunicacion RF pueden a causa de su funci n natural emitir una radiaci n electromagn tica aumentada Deben tomarse todas las medidas necesarias para la protecci n de las mujeres embarazadas Tambi n las personas con marcapasos pueden correr peligro a causa de la radiaci n electromagn tica El empresario operador tiene la obligaci n de evaluar y se alizar las reas de trabajo en las que exista un riesgo elevado de
42. POWER nu een 2 6 TRIGGER OFFSET aan ae ta 2 5 TRIGGER RE POWER seii nase 2 7 Spectrum due to modulation esee esee 2 61 ODUFIDUS otio Os emit dois ea atout niodo eR aided cadit dances 2 89 Spurious Measuring nun agere utto astu eva audaci 2 89 STATus QUEStionable Register ss2222200002220n nennen 3 71 Status register STATus QUEStionable SYN AA Ea 3 59 STATus QUEStionable A e 3 72 STATus QUEStionable register oooooooooccocociccoconncconocnnonos 3 71 SYNG coo 3 72 SYNC FIND always ON in this version oooccccoccncccocccnoo ooo 1 16 OVIC DOE TOWDQ nein 1 14 SYNC NOT FOUND ette toti area 2 57 1141 1515 44 4 2 R amp S FS K5 T ps s 1 1 Trigger hot detected riea E 1 14 Trigger and time references s2222202222n nenne nennen 1 11 Trigger Offset between external Trigger and begin of slot 1 16 Trigger Offset between IF Power Trigger and begin of slot ij Ad Du Se Gee e a p Be far Die Ba ON 1 16 W WARNING Carrier Overload cen 1 16 WARNING No Carrier eese nnn 1 16 WARNING REF LEVEL too high DECREASE REF LEVEL ep DS 1 15 WARNING REF LEVEL too low INCREASE REF LEVEL 1 15 WARNING Signal power ppp p dBm REFERENCE LEVEL too high DECREASE REFERENCE LEVEL 2 44 2 69 2 83 WARNING Signal power ppp p dBm REFERENCE LEVEL too low INCREASE REFERENCE LEVEL 2 43 2 69 2 82 E 7
43. SS INSTrument SELect MGSM ZOOM CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure CHANnel SLOT MULTi ACT3syncl CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FRZoom CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate FRZoom 2 TIME MEAS INSTrument SELect MGSM HIGH RESOL CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL TRIGger1 SYNChronize ADJust EXTernal 100us CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate TMHRes ON FILTER BW INSTrument SELect MGSM 500K 600K CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate FILTer G500 START INSTrument SELect MGSM REF MEAS CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate Query of result is included in READ command MODULATION SPEC TRUM 1141 1515 44 3 68 E R amp S FS K5 Softkeys Command FREQUENCY SWEEP uN H D DI H ES HE ERS RESULTS START REF MEAS TRANSIENT SPECTRUM FREQUENCY SWEEP START Tis Ets RESULTS REF POWER PEAK RMS 1141 1515 44 INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value READ SPECtrum MODulation REFerence IMMediate premeasurement INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result CALCulatel LIMit1 NAME MODU G MODU E CALCulatel LIMit1 FAIL INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value READ SPECtrum MODulation REFerence IMMedia
44. Slot synchronization to 5 active Slot synchronization to 6 active Slot synchronization to 7 active Slot synchronization to 8 active Slot For the phase frequency error modulation accuracy and power vs time measurement the midamble trainingssequence for the slot to synchronize must be set correctly The reference measurement of power vs time measurement and the questionable signal power of the main measurement is related to the slot to synchronize In the main measurement of power vs time the slot to synchronize defines the synchronization point of the multislot signal on the screen 1141 1515 44 3 6 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands All results of the phase frequency error and modulation accuracy measurement are related to the slot to synchronize In carrier power and modulation spectrum measurement the slot to synchronize is used to adjust the triggerdelay in order that the slot to synchronize is measured With the slot to synchronize it is therefore possible to investigate a certain slot of multislot signals This command is only available with the GSM EDGE Analyzer R amp S FS K5 option Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF CHAN SLOT MULTI ACT3SYNC2 Selects the multislot configuration with 3 adjacent active slots and synchronization on the m middle Characteristics RST value ACT1SYNC1 one slot active SCPI device specific CONFigure MS CHANnel TSC lt numeric_value gt
45. This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default or TOP HIGH RESOLUTION must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see TRIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS select GSM Trigger extern CONF BURS PTEM Selects power vs time PVT SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PTEM TRGS MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 31 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt PTEMplate TRGS MINimum This command reads out the minimum of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default and TIME MEAS HIGH RES must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect TMHR The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see TRIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example
46. This command reads out the result of the measurement of the modulation spectrum of the mobile or base station Parameter ARFCn ARFCN 1 8 MHz The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt where the parts between denote a partial result string that can be repeated n times lt Index gt 0 if the partial result string characterizes a measurement range current number lt gt 0 if the partial result string characterizes a single limit excess lt Freq1 gt Start frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the limit line is exceeded lt Freq2 gt Start frequency of the measurement range or frequency exceeding the measurement range The value of lt Freq2 gt is equal to the value of lt Freq1 gt if either the measurement is performed in the time domain or if the partial result string contains a limit excess lt Level gt Measured maximum level of the partial range or 1141 1515 44 3 33 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt measured level at the test point Limit in the partial range or at the test point ABS lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in absolute units dBm REL lt Level g
47. and when measurement of the modulation due to swithcing transients is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC SWIT Selects the TRA measurement CONF SPEC SWIT LIM REL Selects relative mode SWE COUN 20 Selects number of bursts READ SPEC SWIT REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result Result 43 2 43 2 300000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 55 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 SENSe Subsystem The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems The commands of these subsystems directly control device specific settings they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the measurement signal The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer In accordance with the SCPI standard the keyword SENSe is optional for this reason which means that it is not necessary to include the SENSe node in command sequences SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution lt numeric_value gt Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT The bandwidth is automatically set according to standard GSM SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO numeric value Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENS
48. as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when the measurement of the modulation due to spectrum is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MODI REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result FETC SPEC MOD REF Queries the result of the premeasurement without starting a new measurement Result 35 2 43 2 30000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL This command reads out the result of the measurement of the transient spectrum of the mobile or base station The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by as for the command FETCH SPECtrum MODULation sALL This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected See CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF TSPECISWIT Selects the TRA measureme
49. available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQOF AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQOF
50. be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt 1141 1515 44 3 49 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONE BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement ONESOOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR RMS MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence ECONfigure IMMediate This command start the pre measurement of power vs time and reads out the result in the extended slot configuration mode The result is output as a list of partial result strings for all active slots separated by in the following ASCII format slot number gt lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt slot number gt lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode when measurement of the power vs time is selected and the extended slot confi
51. dB 35 dB device specific ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACT3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACT4SYNC1 ACTASYNC2 ACT4SYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT83SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 This command defines the used slots of the mobile or base station The multislot setting defines how many adjacent slots are active and which of the active slots should be used for synchronization The following combinations are possible ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACT3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACTASYNC1 ACTASYNC2 ACT4SYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC 7 ACT8SYNC8 1 active slot 2 active slots 2 active slots 3 active slots 3 active slots 3 active slots 4 active slots 4 active slots 4 active slots 4 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots 8 active slots synchronization to 1 active slot synchronization to 1 active slot synchronization to 2 active slot synchronization to 1 active slot synchronization to 2 active slot synchronization to 3 active slot synchronization to 1 active Slot synchronization to 2 active slot synchronization to 3 active slot synchronization to 4 active slot synchronization to 1 active Slot synchronization to 2 active Slot synchronization to 3 active Slot synchronization to 4 active
52. del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado conforme a las indicaciones de la correspondiente documentacion del producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento definido ver hoja de datos documentacion informaciones de seguridad que siguen El uso del producto hace necesarios conocimientos tecnicos y ciertos conocimientos del idioma ingles Por eso se debe tener en cuenta que el producto solo pueda ser operado por personal especializado o personas instruidas en profundidad con las capacidades correspondientes Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de seguridad para el uso de productos de Rohde amp Schwarz encontraria la informacion debida en la documentacion del producto en el capitulo correspondiente Guarde bien las informaciones de seguridad elementales asi como la documentacion del producto y entreguelas a usuarios posteriores Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para evitar en lo posible lesiones o danos por peligros de toda clase Por eso es imprescindible leer detalladamente y comprender por completo las siguientes informaciones de seguridad antes de usar el producto y respetarlas durante el uso del producto Deber n tenerse en cuenta todas las dem s informaciones de seguridad como p ej las referentes a la protecci n de personas que encontrar n en el cap tulo correspondiente de la documentaci n del producto y que tambi n son de obligado cumplimiento En las presentes informaciones de seguridad se recoge
53. he taken into account because useful part starts st the MIET F nf the 1st tail symbal Figure 1 5 Trigger and time references for access burst mode 1141 1515 44 1 13 15 237115 29 fdus 151 3845 132 D2us j 1 077 u8 224 un amp 4 125 guard symbols Trigger options Virtual End of Slot Possible errors and difficulties during measurement FS K5 Possible errors and difficulties during measurement The three main sources of error in GSM EDGE measurement are described below e No carrier signal Causes Wrong working frequency ARFCN slow frequency hopping active test line defective or wrong attenuation wrong reference level Effects Reference Inadequate power is measured e g average measurement with slow measurement frequency hopping measurement issues warning Sweep stops measurements with midamble synchronization warning message Sync not found Sweep stops measurements with IF Power trigger Main measurement Sweep stops with midamble synchronization active PFE PVT or IF Power trigger in use Sweep resumes when signal is restored Remedy Select correct frequency FREQ Deactivate slow frequency hopping see Measurements with slow frequency hopping in the descriptions of the individual measurements Set correct external attenuation GENERAL SETTINGS EXT ATTEN Set correct reference level GENERAL SETTINGS REF LEVEL e No trigger Effects All triggered measurements sweep stops This
54. holidays 8 00 AM 8 00 PM Eastern Standard Time EST Tel from USA 888 test rsa 888 837 8772 opt 2 From outside USA 1410 910 7800 opt 2 Fax 1 410 910 7801 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com Monday to Friday except Singaporean public holidays 8 30 AM 6 00 PM Singapore Time SGT Tel 65 6 513 0488 Fax 65 6 846 1090 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com Monday to Friday except German public holidays 08 00 17 00 Central European Time CET Tel 49 89 4129 13774 Fax 49 0 89 41 29 637 78 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com ROHDE amp SCHWARZ Address List Headquarters Plants and Subsidiaries Headquarters ROHDE amp SCHWARZ GmbH amp Co KG M hldorfstra e 15 D 81671 M nchen P 0 Box 80 14 69 D 81614 M nchen Plants ROHDE amp SCHWARZ Messger tebau GmbH Riedbachstra e 58 D 87700 Memmingen P 0 Box 16 52 D 87686 Memmingen ROHDE amp SCHWARZ GmbH amp Co KG Werk Teisnach Kaikenrieder Stra e 27 D 94244 Teisnach P O Box 11 49 D 94240 Teisnach ROHDE amp SCHWARZ zavod Vimperk s r o Location Spidrova 49 CZ 38501 Vimperk ROHDE amp SCHWARZ GmbH amp Co KG Dienstleistungszentrum K ln Graf Zeppelin Stra e 18 D 51147 K ln P 0 Box 98 02 60 D 51130 K ln Subsidiaries R amp S BICK Mobilfunk GmbH Fritz Hahne Str 7 D 31848 Bad M nder P 0 Box 20 02 D 31844 Bad M nder ROHDE amp SCHWARZ FTK GmbH Wendenschlo stra e 168 Haus 28 D 12557 Berlin
55. in such a way that anyone who has access to the product as well as the product itself is adequately protected from injury or damage 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 3 14 15 16 17 18 Basic Safety Instructions Use suitable overvoltage protection to ensure that no overvoltage such as that caused by a bolt of lightning can reach the product Otherwise the person operating the product will be exposed to the danger of an electric shock Any object that is not designed to be placed in the openings of the housing must not be used for this purpose Doing so can cause short circuits inside the product and or electric shocks fire or injuries Unless specified otherwise products are not liquid proof see also section Operating states and operating positions item 1 Therefore the equipment must be protected against penetration by liquids If the necessary precautions are not taken the user may suffer electric shock or the product itself may be damaged which can also lead to personal injury Never use the product under conditions in which condensation has formed or can form in or on the product e g if the product has been moved from a cold to a warm environment Penetration by water increases the risk of electric shock Prior to cleaning the product disconnect it completely from the power supply e g AC supply network or battery Use a soft non linting cloth to clean the product Never use chemical cleaning agents such as al
56. is to be made This slot then serves as a time reference for the other active slots for example if two active slots are to be synchronized to the second slot set SYNC TO SLOT 2 Requirements for the measuring signal e Atleast one slot must be active and isolated because this is the only way of reliably detecting a burst irrespective of edge steepness this applies only if multislot is off i e active slots sync to slot 1 e Sync sequence must be present in the timeslot to which synchronization is to be made Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts Settings eration O O Set frequency FREQ key Start application GSM EDGE hotkey Select modulation type EDGE Softkey DEMOD SETTINGS Softkey MODULATION EDGE Set midamble DEMOD SETTINGS softkey Default TSCO SELECT MIDAMBLE softkey Select GSM trigger TRIGGER EXTERN or IF POWER softkey Default IF Power Fine tune level to within approx 3 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey recommended or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask Start measurement Hotkey PREV Softkey MODUALTION ACCURACY 1141 1515 44 2 17 E Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals R amp S FS K5 Measurement GSM EDGE menu 1141 1515 44 The MODULATION ACCURACY
57. measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode Measuring with slow frequency hopping This mode can be used to measure a mobile with slow frequency hopping because errors are computed only in the bursts in which the midamble was correctly recognized When the carrier hops therefore the only bursts measured are those whose frequency corresponds to the preset center frequency 1141 1515 44 2 26 E R amp S FS K5 Additional information Measurement of phase and frequency error PFE measurement requires a time reference to the midamble TSC 0 to 7 or user midamble The IF signal is digitized demodulated and processed IQ mode for this measurement The given names are examples for EDGE and SINGLE SLOT Parameter SWEEP MODE RBW VBW Symbol rate Oversampling Sampling Length Bits per Symbol Receiver Filter BURST FIND SYNC FIND PVT Result Length PVT Sync Mid Offset Y axis pitch TRACE 1 DETECTOR 1 TRACE 2 DETECTOR 2 TRACE 3 DETECTOR 3 LIMIT LINE LIMIT CHECK 1141 1515 44 MODE IQ mode R amp S FS K5 specific internal mode for demodulation CONT under local control SINGLE under remote control Analog prefilter with 10 MHz 600 kHz filter 270 833 kbit s 4 8
58. minor or moderate injury indicates the possibility of incorrect operation which can result in damage to NOTICE the product In the product documentation the word ATTENTION is used synonymously These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European Economic Area Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic areas or military applications It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are always used only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product The use of tags in connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation and in personal injury or material damage Operating states and operating positions The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the manufacturer without the product s ventilation being obstructed If the manufacturer s specifications are not observed this can result in electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed 1 Unless otherwise specified the following requirements apply to Rohde amp Schwarz products predefined operating position is always with the housing floor facing down IP protection 2X pollution severity 2 overvoltage category 2 use only indo
59. mode CONF SPEC MOD LIST AVER TYPE LIN Switches linear averaging in the modulation spectrum list measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAL Executes the overview measurementh Characteristics RST value LOG SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 17 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate This command selects measurement of the spectrum due to switching transients TRA The overview measurement in the frequency domain is directly started with command INITate IMMediate the list measurement in the time domain with command READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 INST MGSM CONE O Pu ML ESWE gt COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI RST value SCPI device specific Example Characteristics Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the TRA measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the overview measurement This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching LIMit ABSolute RELative This command selects the mode of limit check of the measurement of the spectrum due to switching transients TRA Default is the test against the absolute ABSolute limit line TRAU_G or TRAU_E depending on the modulation type GSM EDGE
60. of the mobile even if the numerical value of the control level will decrease The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON STAN SEL GSM1800 Select GSM standard CONF SECON sSLOTO LIM OLEV 30 Sets it to 30 34dBm for slot 0 CONE ECON SLOT7 LIM CLEV 0 Sets it to 0 30dBm for slot 7 Characteristics RST value specific to standard SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure SLOT lt 0 1 7 gt LIMit LOWer string value This command selects the lower limit line string value for the selected slot in the extended slot configuration mode The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONES GCONESEBCONSSLOTSSDIMSDOW TEVTL GP M Use PVTL G for slot 3 Characteristics RST value PVTL G for slot O SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 10 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure ECONfigure SLOT lt O 1 7 gt LIMit UPPer string value This command selects the upper limit line string value for the selected slot in the extended slot configuration mode The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application OONBSCOONESECONSSBOTSSLIMSUBP TPVTU GT m Use PVTU G for slot 3 Characteristics RST value PVTU_G for slot O SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure SLOT lt O 1 7 gt MODulation GMS
61. offset calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS IQOF AVG Average of the maximum IQ offset per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS IQIM HLD Peak value of IQ imbalance calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS IQIM AVG Average of the maximum IQ imbalance per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS These readings can be switched on and off in MEAS TIME DOM POWER The EVM value versus time within the 142 bits of the normal burst is shown in the measuring window Three traces are displayed simultaneously Trace No 1 Clear Write Trace No 2 Max Hold Trace No 3 Min Hold The midamble selected in DEMOD SETTINGS SELECT MIDAMBLE is used for synchronization IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP EDGE C ONF BURS MACC IMM SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI 2 18 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals Result queries FETC BURS MACC RMS AVER FETC BURS MACC RMS MAX FETC BURS MACC PEAK AVER FETC BURS MACC PEAK MAX FETC BURS MACC OSUP AVER FETC BURS MACC OSUP MAX FETC BURS MACC PERC AVER SEBTCSBUBSIMAUCUSPERCLMAX FETC BURS MACC FREQ AVER FETC BURS MACC FREQ MAX FETC BURS MACC IQOF AVER FETC BURS MACC IQOF MAX FETC BURS MACC IQIM AVER FETC BURS MACC IQIMMAX L tii J 7 048 gt Ref 1 dim Att 10 dB OMT 324 25 ps 22 147687 ps SUMMARY T
62. open this menu the burst mask is displayed offering graphic support for setting the reference level and the trigger offset The burst mask corresponds to the PVT limit lines In order for measurement to be correct the GSM EDGE signal burst must be positioned between these lines automatically or manually see Figure 2 3 and the descriptions of the REF LEVEL TRIGGER OFFSET and AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkeys This submenu offers the only opportunity of setting the reference level REF LEVEL and the trigger settings for the application with graphic support The AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey enables the IFIRF PWR AS IQ TRIG automatic setting of the reference level and trigger offset for the active GSM trigger The TRIGGER RF POWER softkey is available with option FSP B6 TV and RF trigger only 2 3 E Selecting default settings R amp S FS K5 Limit lines TRIGGER OFFSET FEH 1 MHz Seren JEW 1 MHz REF LEUEL H Ref 6 dem ALE 28 dB SUT 888 ps 10 IIT CHEEK Fel LINE_TRGULG E MI i Sh SSS M ESE A A Uum A ae Gi me TRIGGER IF POWER Ss FG a z Uu Ibl ee E IE Peete eee A IA S 333 2 y Center 1 GHz BA ps HO OF ET EE En Figure 2 3 Setting trigger offset and reference level with graphic support ASES The REF LEVEL softkey activates the input of the
63. parameters that are constant for the whole measurement is via a configuration command SENSe LIST POWer SET This also includes the setting for trigger and gate parameters The following setting parameters can be selected independently for each frequency point e Analyzer frequency eReference level eRF attenuation eRF attenuation eRF attenuation of attenuator only with option B25 eResolution filter eResolution bandwidth eVideo bandwidth eMeasurement time eDetector For details see manual of instrument chapter Remote Control Command Description section SENSe LIST Subsystem Example Script for MODULATION SPECTRUM MEASUREMENT with user set frequencies Assumes the following Signal 1 GHz GSM Signal with 0 dBm Power External Trigger available I SLOT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Power GFF on Off OE Ort Ort Or of EF TSE 1 Reset Device RST Switch to Single Sweep TNTTS CONT OFF Set Center Frequency FREQ CENTER 1 0GHZ Set Level 3 dB above expected Signal Power Precise value is measured with the auto level and time function below 1141 1515 44 2 70 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation DISP WIND TRAC Y SCAL RLEVEL 3 DBM Switch to GSM Mode INST MGSM Set GSM Trigger mode to external and specifiy time from ext Trigger to begin of virtual slot 0 is used for unknown value which is measured with the auto level and time function
64. provided in this manual If you have any questions regarding these safety instructions the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies will be happy to answer them Furthermore it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner This product is designed for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or if expressly permitted also in the field and must not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage You are responsible if the product is used for any intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer s instructions The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation and within its performance limits see data sheet documentation the following safety instructions Using the product requires technical skills and a basic knowledge of English It is therefore essential that only skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills be allowed to use the product If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde amp Schwarz products this will be indicated at the appropriate place in the product documentation Keep the basic safety instructions and the product documentation in a safe place and pass them on to the subsequent users Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of
65. reference level You can adjust the reference level graphically by turning the spinwheel so that the useful part of the burst is between the two horizontal limit lines Graphic adjustment takes into account the fact that the reference level must be approx 3 dB higher than the power of the mobile station This is the reason why the burst mask is 3 dB below the reference level This protects the analyzer against overload In all other respects the effect of the softkey is the same as that of the REF LEVEL in the AMPT menu of the spectrum analyzer in the Analyzer mode IEC IEEE bus command DISP TRAC2 Y RLEV 130dBm to 30dBm The EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey activates the input of external attenuation The attenuation is taken into account when the level reading is corrected All measured levels and the gradations on the Y axis of the measured value diagram are shifted by the selected correction value Note It is recommended to automatically adjust the reference level and the trigger offset using softkey AUTO LEVEL amp TIME The effect of the softkey is the same as that of entering a level offset with the REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey in the AMPT menu of the spectrum analyzer in the Analyzer mode IEC IEEE bus command DISP TRAC2 Y RLEV OFFS num value 1141 1515 44 2 4 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Selecting default settings The AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey automatically sets the trigger offset and the reference level If nec
66. specified in the standards plus their channel numbers are listed in the tables below Table 1 1 Downlink base station transmitting to mobile P GSM 900 E GSM 900 R GSM 900 DCS 1800 PCS 1900 GSM 450 GSM 480 GSM 850 Table 1 2 Uplink mobile transmitting to base station P GSM 900 E GSM 900 R GSM 900 DCS 1800 PCS 1900 GSM 450 GSM 480 GSM 850 1141 1515 44 935 2MHz 959 8MHz 1 124 925 2MHz 934 8 935 935 2 959 8MHz 975 1023 0 1 124 921 2MHz 934 8 935 9352 959 8MHz 955 1023 0 1 124 1805 2MHz 1879 8MHz C1 EN NO 1930 2MHz 912 867 2MHz 128 890 2MHz 914 8MHz 1 124 880 2MHz 889 8 890 890 2 914 8MHz 975 1023 0 1 124 8 6 2MHz 889 8 890 8902 914 8MHz 955 1023 0 1 124 1710 2MHz 1784 8MHz 512 1850 2MHz 912 824 2MHz 128 1 3 460 6MHz 259 489MHz 306 450 6MHz 259 479MHz 306 885 1989 8MHz 810 467 4MHz 293 495 8MHz 340 893 8MHz 251 885 1909 8MHz 810 457 4MHz 293 485 8MHz 340 00 ER amp CO lt E N FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN FREQ ARFCN E 6 A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE FS K5 At this time two different modes of modulation are used in the GSM mobile radio network The original GMSK method has now been joined by an
67. standard The numeric suffix at SLOT is ignored 1141 1515 44 3 9 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON STAN SEL GSM900 Select GSM standard CONF ECON SLOT LIM ABS BASE 36 Sets base 1 to 36dBm CONF ECON SLOT LIM ABS BAS2 Edo Sets base 2 to 17dBm Characteristics RST value specific to standard SCPI device specific CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT lt 0 1 7 gt LIMit ABSolute STATe ON OFF This command specifies whether absolute limit base values should be taken into account or not upon calculation of the upper limit line s In default state OFF the absolute values are ignored The numeric suffix at SLOT is ignored Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON STAN SEL GSM900 Select GSM standard CONF ECON SLOT LIM ABS ON In addition uses absolute values Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT 0 1 7 gt LIMit CLEVel numeric value This command specifies which power control level should be taken into account upon calculation of the upper limit line s The provided values are maintained individually for each standard and every slot The allowed range depends upon the GSM standard INC DEC work according to the absolute power assigned to the control level value That means that every INC will increase the nominal absolute power
68. the GENERAL SETTINGS menu by adjusting the trigger offset of the selected trigger until the TDMA burst is positioned inside the mask The automatic setting is performed in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu by means of softkey AUTO LEVEL amp TIME Limit value lines RBH 1 MHz UBH 1 MHz SHT 808 us Ea TRIGGER RF ATTEN AUTO IF POWER Figure 1 3 Trigger setting in GENERAL SETTINGS menu Two values are computed trigger offset and GSM EDGE trigger offset Trigger offset Time between trigger and start of display GSM trigger offset Time between trigger and start of slot 1141 1515 44 1 11 E 6 Trigger options FS K5 The value of the GSM trigger offset in other words the time between the trigger and the start of the slot is needed for remote control This time is displayed when you exit the GENERAL SETTINGS menu or modify the Trigger Trigger Offset between external Trigger and begin of slot 85 15 ps Figure 1 4 Trigger shows the trigger and time references used in the GSM firmware time slot 156 25 symbols 576 92us active part 148 symbols 546 46us esko 12978 9 v an 4 fr ame s se e se a as 99 Ede Training 4 125 3 tai tal d pan Ries 57 encrypted symbols spes Sequence 5 encrypted symbols snb n Beginn useful part 5 2 Middle of the first m o _ _ 1 rar Tail Symbol o 5 NN 559 846us E c pu LU D n 8
69. the bursts in which the midamble was correctly recognized When the carrier hops therefore the only bursts measured are those whose frequency corresponds to the preset center frequency 1141 1515 44 2 20 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals Additional information MAC measurement requires a time reference to the midamble TSC 0 to 7 or user midamble The IF signal is digitized demodulated and processed IQ mode for this measurement The given names are examples for EDGE and SINGLE SLOT LIN MODE IQ mode R amp S FS K5 specific internal mode for demodulation SWEEP MODE CONT under local control SINGLE under remote control RBW Analog prefilter with 10 MHz 600 kHz filter Sampling Length 1600 oversampling Number of samples to be recorded symbols oversampling Bits per Symbol 3 Number of bits describing a symbol constant for EDGE measurements PFE Result Length 142 Number of symbols shown PFE Sync Mid Offset Offset in symbols of the midamble from the center of the screen Teilung der Y Achse 0 to 40 96 linear a grid line every 4 96 Trace shows t EVM Error Vector 10 lines Magnitude Magnitude CC CO NN EI CC CC CO mes CC 0 CC CI CCC CO o o EC E RN 1141 1515 44 2 21 E 7 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals R amp S FS K5 Availability of keys and softkeys All BW parameters BW menu Not available A Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not avail
70. the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQIM MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 43 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement S
71. the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate INST MGSM CONE MTYP EDGE CONF BURS MACC OWES COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI V EEE 3 BURS MACG RMS MAX RST value SCPI Example Characteristics device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage This command reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror INST MGSM CON EE MY P GMSK CONE BURSTPERE SWESCOUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Example FETC BURS PERR PEAK AVER device specific RST value SCPI Characteristics Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44
72. the slot under investigation will be slot 2 This happens due to the higher sampling rate and the smaller amount of IQ samples within FSP Still the value of TRGS is with higher resolution only the other 4 slots are not shown on the screen Measurement with high time resolution is not possible in Extended Slot Configuration mode IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF BURS PTEM IMM CONF BURS PTEM SEL FULL gt TRIGIL SYNC ADJ EXT 100us CONF BURS PTEM TMHR ON READ BURS PTEM REF IMM The softkey FILTER BW 500K 600 changes between the default low pass filter with 600 kHz bandwidth and the gaussian 500 kHz bandwidth filter The later is useful for signals with steep edges IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF BURS PTEM IMM CONF BURS PTEM FILT G500 READ BURS PTEM REF IMM 2 42 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Measurement of carrier power versus time Press the START REF MEAS softkey to start reference measurement and determine the reference power for the relative measured values as well as obtain the correct level setting for the limit lines of the measurement Depending on the level obtained in this way a brief message appears drawing your attention to the optimum reference level This permits optimum modulation of the device IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF BURS PTEM IMM CONF BURS PTEM SEL FULL READ BURS PTEM REF IMM Details of reference measurement Th
73. therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 39 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQIM AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt IQIMbalance MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of burst
74. unit is Volts reserved always 0 for future use After the automatic sequence a GSM measurement must be selected again with the command CONFigure The premeasurement for power vs time is executed implicitly within the sequence For modulation spectrum measurement the premeasurement must be executed again This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM owitches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK FREQ CENT 890 2E6 Sets the center frequency TRIG SYNCFADJISEXT Os Selects GSM external triggerl READ AUTO LEVTime Executes the measurement and queries the result Result PASSED 8 3 6 15E 005 1 4 0 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 37 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM EDGE Analyzer mode option R amp S FS K5 which are performed on individual bursts and for reading out the results subsequently Phase Frequency Error PFE Modulation Accuracy MAC Power vs Time PVT COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT READ BURSt FERRor AVERage MAXimum QlMbalance AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimum MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage MAXimum QlMbalance AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimu
75. voltages are averaged In LOG mode levels IEC IEEE bus command CONF SPEC MOD LIST AVER TYPE LIN LOG Press the START REF MEAS softkey to start reference measurement It determines the reference for the relative measured values and for the limit lines Depending on the level obtained in this way a brief message appears drawing your attention to the optimum reference level This permits optimum loading of the spectrum analyzer It is also possible to work with RMS detector In the FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT this detector needs to be switched on Details of reference measurement The purpose of reference measurement is to define the reference for the limit values Averaging is always over at least 20 bursts irrespective of the number of bursts NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT selected for measurement as such The purpose of reference measurement is to determine the reference level for measurement of the spectrum due to modulation If measurement is successful the reference power is saved The resolution bandwidth used for measurement is also saved the preset bandwidth is 30 kHz If the result is not tolerable see below a warning is issued but the measured value is used nevertheless If the operation is cancelled by the user the reference power is not changed If reference measurement is successful the measured level is displayed and the limit line positioned relative to it the Y offset parameter of the limit line is recalculated O
76. which underlays the measurement data is adjusted in this slot in accordance with the GSM timing model The slots are numbered consecutively from O to 7 within the frame in accordance with GSM convention Ref Midamble will be used to identify the reference slot within the stream of data Since in general a well defined power ramp cannot be assumed the simplest burst search mechanism is deactivated and final identification of the reference slot is achieved by comparing the specific midamble For stable measurement condiitons in case of Extended Slot Configuration a distinct mid amble sequence must therefore be specified for the reference slot and the test device set up so that this distinctness is also guaranteed Otherwise the measurement result will at best be unstable due to ambiguous trigger and slot identification or what will rather be the case no valid data is recognised and the sweep stops with output of the Sync Not Found error message When switching into the other measurements of the R amp S FS K5 option it is the reference slot which will be used as the basis for the measurement Especially the kind of modulation of this slot and the midamble will be used to control the PFE MAC measurement and to address the proper data within the sampled stream The Absolute Level group settings are available only when one of the GSM standards has been selected beforehand They consist of an activation field Yes No state and two value
77. 0us Selects Extern GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 200 us between the external trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 62 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IMMediate This command selects the FREE RUN GSM trigger The FREE RUN trigger is very useful in conjunction with R amp S FSQ base band inputs if no external trigger is available and IF power triggering is not possible because of unbursted signals Note Please be aware that some triggering is necessary for most of the GSM measurements If FREE RUN is used e g the CPW measurement does not any longer deliver useful results IQ measurements PVT PFE amp MAC are working without a problem because of burst and or sync search Example INST MGSM owitches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode TRIG SYNC ADJ IMM Selects Free Run GSM trigger Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IFPower 460us 8s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the IF Power GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements for which an IF power trigger is possible the IFPower trigger setting is used If an IF power trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see table of triggers in section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 For another the correction value for the time offset of the
78. 1 PEAK HLD 14 550 PEAK AUG 18 683 RMS HLD 23 935 1 SA MS AVG 1 lulstior Aecuract Marker CLRUR gt REQ HLO 23 82 FREQ AWG 424 HLD AUG D ALO AUG F HLD F AUG H HLE JIM AUG 3 NI NIMH Sr Center 1 GHz SPECTRUM Figure 2 4 Measurement of Modulation Accuracy Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analyzer mode The following settings are changed automatically all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Span ZERO SPAN RBW 300 kHz Trigger GSM trigger i e IF Power assuming IF Power was set External trigger assuming Extern was set IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SAN 1141 1515 44 2 19 E 7 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals R amp S FS K5 Test hints Number of bursts to be measured NO OF BURSTS The default setting when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see SPECTRUM ANALYZER manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode Measuring with slow frequency hopping This mode can be used to measure a mobile with slow frequency hopping because errors are computed only in
79. 1 1071 T100 x3bc4bbc 1141 1515 44 2 9 E Selecting default settings 1141 1515 44 TSC bit pattern for EDGE R amp S FS K5 NAME PATTERN Bit no 61 86 TSCO DOTODI 111001001111 001111111111 001001001001 111001001001 111001001111 001111111111 TSC1 001001 111001111111 001111111111 001111111111 111001001001 TIED EEE TSCZ 001111 001001001001 111111111001 111111111001 111001001111 001001001001 111111111001 TSC3 001111 001001001111 111111111001 111111001111 001001001111 001001001111 111111111001 TSC4 001001 001111111001 111001111111 111001001111 001001001001 001111111001 111001111111 TSC5 001111 007002717777 111001111001 111111001001 001001001111 001001111111 11100111100 TSC6 111001 111001001111 i Fs se P RW i EF 001111111001 001001111001 111001001111 111111111111 TSC7 111111 111001111111 111111001001 001111001001 111001111111 111001111111 111111001001 The bit pattern for EDGE results from the symbol pattern for EDGE using the following transformation SYMBOL PATTERN 111 011 010 000 001 101 100 110 NOOR WN With selection TSO ACCESS TS1 ACCESS or TS2 ACCESS the access burst mode is activated using the access burst midamble pattern and slot structure from the GSM standard When the access burst mode is entered the current measurement like PVT PFE MOD etc is left and the modulation
80. 1 of the selected system is used The setting parameters for this measurement are analyzer frequency resolution bandwidth measurement time used for a single burst trigger source trigger level trigger offset type of power measurement PEAK MEAN number of bursts to be measured See operating manual of basic unit for details on the SENSe LIST subsystem 1141 1515 44 2 31 E Measurement of carrier power R amp S FS K5 Transducer factors The R amp S FS K5 provides measurements with transducer factors as described for the basic unit The frequency response of external components power splitters cables attenuator pads can be corrected or taken into consideration Transducer factors can be activated for CPW MOD TRA and SPU general and list measurements They are set stored and modified in the SETUP menu using the TRANSDUCER softkey Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS The default setting when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see SPECTRUM ANALYZER manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode Measuring with slow frequency hoppi
81. 1141 1515 44 3 14 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure BURSt POWer IMMediate This command selects measurement of the carrier power of the mobile or base station CPW When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example Characteristics INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF BURS POW Selects the CPW measurement SWE SCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate FiLTer G500 B600 This command changes between the default low pass filter with 600 KHz bandwidth and the gaussian 500 kHz bandwidth filter The later is useful for signals with steep edges Example Characteristics INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement CONF BURS PTEM FILT G500 Selects the 500 kHz Gaussian filter SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement RST value B600 SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate FRZoom 1 active slots 1 This command is available if more than one slot is active See CONF CHAN SLOT MULTI The transition number where the zoom shall be carried out can be entered The valid range is 1
82. 15DB ODB NORM 100KHZ 100KHZ 3 4MS 0 9982GHZ 7 4DBM 15DB ODB NORM 100KHZ 100KHZ 3 4MS O 0 0 9988GHZ 7 4DBM 15DB DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 0 9994GHZ 24 0DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 0 9996 GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4M 0 0 99975 GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB ODB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 0 9998 GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 1 0002 GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4M6 0 1 00025GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 1 0004GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4MS 0 1 0006GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB 0DB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4M65 0 1 0012GHZ 7 4DBM 15DB ODB NORM 30KHZ 30KHZ 3 4M 9 0 1 0018GHZ 7 4DBM 15DB ODB NORM 100KHZ 100KHZ 3 4M5 0 1 006 GHZ 2 6DBM 15DB ODB NORM 100KHZ 100KHZ 3 4MS 0 The results are the absolute levels in dBm Example 6000 984 5517272949 3800 Bd T5943 14575 1200 89 9604415894 600 86 0749740601 A00 777 7151621846 4 250 40 443 7561055 200 2033230235342 200 43 6994476318 43 50 emo 217575073 400 16 832 75604255 600 65 5941925049 1200 90 5564193726 1800 842997055054 6000 82 7216644287 TST A OE E A O SOS O O ER ER ES ERS If the modulation reference level 7 79 dBm is substracted from these results the relative value can be compared against the limit for that frequency eg 250KHz Offset 48 44 7 79 40 65 dB lt 33 0 d
83. 29 Measurement ii uat ioo au do Duo D tton du eal zat o qu 2 30 l aagcc ee EET 2 31 Increase of measurement speed occcccocccccnccncconcnnoconononononanonannnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnonaness 2 31 Transducer tacos Dsum vast Idee sues eats ceu e oue o coca amie zeit Sada 2 32 Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS sees 2 32 Measuring with slow frequency DOPpiNQ ccooccccocccocccccccncoconcnnconncnononononononanonnnenonanonos 2 32 1141 1515 44 I 2 1 E 7 Table of Contents Measurements R amp S FS K5 Measurement of individual power control levels and power classes 2 33 A adai nalTtermalloblagsctdebet eise exustus aio 2 34 Availability Of Keys anhd SOTIKGeyS un a 2 35 Measurement of carrier power versus time uu 2u0 n0000n0nnunnnnunnnnnnnun ann nnnnn nnne nnn nnnnn nun nnnnnnnnnn 2 36 Requirements for the measuring signal ccccsseccececeseeceeecceucecacecsuseseesceeeseeeesaeesaneeseas 2 36 Quick Teterence QUIde mu rc 2 36 Misses ooo socks T el 2 37 Extended Slot Configuration for Multi Slot measurements 2u0022002020002n0 nenne nennen 2 45 Overview and basic properties ccccccceeccescecscecenseceeeccececaeecsaueeaueessusecseesseneeaaees 2 45 Extended Slot Configuration Mode Configuration Settings 2 45 Extended slot configuration settings in detail oocccoccccccnc
84. 5 Measurement of spectrum due to transients Transient Spectrum RBW 38 kHz UBH 184 kHz tt 15 dB 34T 2 5 5 TRANSIENT SPECTRUN LIST Frequency FRM GHz Status PASSED Ext Atten 2 dE Ho of Bursts 114114 Ref Level 3 dE m FEW 38 kHz UBH 1608 kHz START LIST 1 Pk HAXH LIST RESULTS Offset Freg Uffset Limit Offset Limit status L kHz CdBm LdBm 1 Ibm LdBm am 66 3 13 0 64 2 EM PASSED ea B3 8 z1 H8 BB A PASSED 1204 TEn 71 6 r2 5 21 0 PASSED 1544 TER 24 0 15 3 24 0 PASSED enter z EY ENDE Figure 2 17 Results of time domain measurement START REF HERS Press the LIST RESULTS softkey to view the most recent results in the list of measurements trigged by START LIST IEC IEEE bus command FETC SPE SWIT ALL With the softkey REF POWER PEAK RMS it can be selected if the reference measurement uses the predefined peak hold method or if it uses the RMS method In RMS mode the reference value is internally determined via the power versus time measurement PVT In that case further parameters like modulation type and trainings sequence must be set correctly Otherwise SYNC NOT FOUND messages may occur The type of the reference measurement is mentioned in the list result of the list measurement This function is available since version 3 70 IEC IEEE bus command CONF SPECt SWIT TYPE PEAK RMS With the softkey L MIT ABS REL it is toggled between absolute and relative pre measurement
85. 8 o o Slottime 2 288 46 us 3 T m E z Su Slttme 57692 us gt c D gt 9 17 07 E useful duration part 147 symbols 542 769us us Begin first Bittransition na useful bit 13 14 useful bit Trigger to Sync Start DUT dependent Triggeroffset Triader first Sample gg of first Midamble Symbol Triggeroffset 0 25 0 5 0 75 0 1 Die Zeiten sind auf den ersten Abtastwert eines Symbols bezogen Dies ist zu ber cksichtigen da der useful part in der MITTE des 1 Tail Symbols beginnt Times are referenced to first sampling value of a symbol This must be taken into account because useful part starts at the MIDDLE of the 1st tail symbol Figure 1 4 Trigger and time references for normal mode 1141 1515 44 1 12 E 6 FS K5 Trigger incl Triggeraffset time slot 156 25 symbols 576 92us Slot time active part 88 symbols 324 92us GMSK bis 4 125 guard 5 tail Training Sequence 2n es symbols symbols symbpuls x 2 E ua e 5 ke a E rr m E gt El z useful duration part 87 symbols 321 23u8 238 81 us Begin first Pu useful bit useful bit Trigger to Syne Start first Sample of first Midambla Symbal Trigger CUT dependent Triggeraffset Triggeroffset 025 05075 x x 0 1 Nie Zeiten sind auf den ersten Abtastwert eines Symbols bezogen Dies ist zu benicksichtigen da der useful part in der MITTF des 1 7Tail Symbols Times are referenced to first samplihf gih af a symbol This must
86. 800 GSM1900 The EXT CONF ON OFF softkey toggles between standard and extended slot configuration mode For extended slot configuration a definition table for the GSM slots is taken into account specifying e g the used modulation and the signal level for each slot IEC IEEE bus command CONF ECON STAT ON OFF 2 13 E Selecting default settings 1141 1515 44 For every Slot Modulation Reference power Limit line mask Reference power mode IEC IEEE bus command gt CONF CONE CONE CONES CONE CONF SCONES gt CONES CONE CONF CONE SCONE CONES CONE MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS Ms MS MSs ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON ECON LSL STAT ON RES FS K5 The EXT CONF TABLE softkey opens the extended slot configuration table This table defines the 8 slots of a GSM signal Equal Slot Length Long Slots OFF LSL VAL numeric value numeric value gt MREF numeric value OFR ON OFF TREF numeric value SLO7 gt MOD GMSK EDGE OFF SLOT gt RLEV MODE AUTO ABS REL GLOTT LIMit ABS numeric value OLIMErzteABS STAT gt LIMLUS ABS BASEZ lt string gt LIM CLEV lt string gt LIMit LOWer lt string gt LIMit UPPer lt string gt SLOT SLOT7 SLOT SLOT SLOT7 SLOT numeric value numeric value RLEV VAL Press the BURST FIND THRESHOLD softkey to ch
87. 90 e A A ES 2 91 Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS sese 2 91 Transducer taco Sordos iaa 2 91 FACIL O AMINO MAN too 2 92 Availability of keys and SOFIKGVS a a 2 93 Figures Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 12 Figure 2 13 Figure 2 14 Figure 2 15 Figure 2 16 Figure 2 17 Figure 2 18 Tables Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 1141 1515 44 Starting and exiting the applicatiON occooccconncooncccnnconnconnnconncncncnononnnnonnononcnnnnnanonons OVEDNIIEWORMIENUSS da os Setting trigger offset and reference level with graphic support Measurement of Modulation Accuracy occcocccnccncccocncncnnconcnoncnnnnononnnnonnnonnnnnonanonnnnnnanonos Measurement of phase and frequency error occccocccccccccncncncnncnoncnnnnnnnnonnnononanonannnnnnonos Measurement of carrier Power esssessseesseeeeeee nennen nnnm nne nnne nna anna snas Spectrum due to modulation in frequency domain us22402220002nn nenne nen nennn nennen Time domain measurement in progress unuuessnensnnnenenenennnnnnnennnnnnnenennnnenennennn nnns Results of time domain measurement oocccocnnnccnccncncccnncnncnnncnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnonanonnnnnnnnonos Spectrum due to transients in frequency domain cccoocccccccccncncncncnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnos Time domain measurement in progress
88. 9o taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQOF MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 25 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress AVERage This command reads out the average of the original offset supression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC OSUP AVER Queries the result
89. A ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen A ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen A ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen A ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen A ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen A CARRier overload Screen A No carrier Screen A SYNC not found Screen A BURSt not found Screen A O MN Q RO O o0 O N Oo amp O O 0o do O MN OQ Oi O DO CALibrating STAT us OPERation STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit T STATus QUEStionable SYNC Screen B Screen A Screen B not used not used 3 amp UIT I 2 1 r 0 15 not used 9 CTI 14 SRE STB 8 ix u LMARgin 8 FAIL LIMit 8FAIL 7 12 ACPLimi LMARgin 7 FAIL LIMit 7 FAIL 6 11 SYNC LMARgin 6 FAIL LIMit 6 FAIL 5 10 LMARgin LMARgin 5 FAIL LIMit 5 FAIL 4 9 LIMit LMARgin 4 FAIL LIMit 4 FAIL 3 8 CALibration UNCAL LMARgin 3 FAIL LIMit 3 FAIL 2 amp f LMARgin 2 FAIL LIMit 2 FAIL 4 8 6 LMARgin 1 FAIL LIMit 1 FAIL 0 E 5 FREQuency amp 4 TEMPerature 3 POWer amp 5 amp 1 W 0 STAT us QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt OoOo not used not used PPE STATus QUEStionable ist flag IF_OVerload screen B mE LO UNLocked screen B UNDerload screen B RAG Power on OVERload screen B amp 6 User Request amp 5 Command Error es amp 4 Execution Error amp 3 Device Dependent Erro cases Poa Ereg IF_OVerload screen A UNS es LO UNLocked Ai UNDerload screen A amp 0
90. ACC Selects the MAC measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PEAK MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 46 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PERC AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore n
91. B The FULL BURST softkey selects a display mode in which the entire burst single slot mode or the set number of active slots multi slot mode can be viewed on the monitor All eight slots are always displayed in Extended Slot Configuration mode The limit check is performed with a resolution of 4 or 8 samples per symbol not with the display resolution which may be considerably lower All the settings of relevance to this display mode are reset to their default values see Test hints No reference measurement is performed and the limit values are not adjusted The corresponding limit lines are shown on the monitor IEC IEEE bus command CONF BURS PTEM SEL FULL Power uersus Time Marker 1 LT1 J A r dBm Ref 2 3 dBm Att 15 dB SHT 801 25 ps 9 660197 ys ppp LIMIT CHE K PARS MEAN B 74 dBi RISING TRGS HLD 266 82 us EDGE 1 TEGS AUG 266 25 ps i RH AVG TRO FALLTHG EDGE 3 HI TOP HIHH HIGH RESOL START REF MEAS Center 1 GHz 240 12 us EY a c ro vei Fig 2 1 PVT single slot measurement FULL BURST 1141 1515 44 2 38 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Marker 1 T1 J A 42 dEn Ref 3 dBm Att 15 dB SHT 2 522 ms B rz24238 pa q PT LIMIT CHEDK FAL MEAN A 4A dem ENE idis E FALL TRGS HLO 265 07 ps 19 SINGLE SHEEP i BH HI TRG BUG 2564 5 ps AUG TRO MET p TS SGL SHEEP SUEEPTINE HANUAL 3 HI HINA SHEEPTIHE AUTO SHEEP COU
92. B Limit gt Check is Passed Attention Switch back to Spectrum due to modulation measurement to obtain the overview measurement again CONF SPEC MOD 1141 1515 44 2 72 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation Transducer factors The R amp S FS K5 provides measurements with transducer factors as described for the basic unit The frequency response of external components power splitters cables attenuator pads can be corrected or taken into consideration Transducer factors can be activated for CPW MOD TRA and SPU general and list measurements They are set stored and modified in the SETUP menu using the TRANSDUCER softkey Measuring with slow frequency hopping Bear the following in mind when the DUT is operating in slow frequency hopping mode 1 If an external trigger signal is used it should trigger the spectrum analyzer only when a burst is sent on the frequency set at the spectrum analyzer 2 In principle the IF trigger can be used Note however that its trigger threshold is pegged 16 dBm at the input mixer This means that the level of the signal must be high enough to trigger measurement Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS The default value when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts see spectrum analyzer manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a differe
93. BORT ae gt lf this message remains in view and no progress in the trace is apparent on the screen measurement might be waiting for a trigger LIST MEAS List measurement aborted by user Abor ted OoOo Koo Values obtained during this measurement are ignored REF MEAS Reference measurement for PVT or MOD measurement in progress in progress ABORT A gt lf this message remains in view and no progress in the trace is apparent on the screen measurement might be waiting for a trigger REF MEAS Reference measurement aborted by user Abor ted OK a Values obtained during this measurement are ignored When the GSM EDGE software is activated this message is displayed to show that the IF Power trigger IF Power Trigger active has been activated by default gt See Trigger and time references REF LEVEL too hight reference level reference level is too high DECREASE REF LEVEL to 6 34 dem gt Reduce the reference level to approx the value given in the a message so that the reference level is about 3 dB higher than the actual power WARNING Indicates that the power measured in reference EQUES en E NEIN measurement does not correspond to the setting for the WARNING Indicates that the power measured in reference E gg measurement does not correspond to the setting for the reference level reference level is too low REF LEWEL too lont INCREASE REF LEVEL to 2 65 dem gt Increase t
94. BURSt FERRor MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWESCOUN 20 INIT IMM WAI TEPC BURS EERRSMAX 7T RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ imbala selected number of bursts nce measurement in taken over the This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected See CONFigure Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWE COUN 20 TNIT IMM WAI HEC BURG TO EM AYER RST value SCPI Characteristics device specific BURSt PFERror Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type GMSK Selects the PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts
95. C BURS PERR RMS AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurements VOWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR RMS MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 29 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence This command reads out the results of the premeasurement of power vs time PVT The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt l
96. C o un ordenador industrial debe comprobarse que stos cumplan los est ndares IEC60950 1 EN60950 1 o IEC61010 1 EN 61010 1 v lidos en cada caso A menos que est permitido expresamente no retire nunca la tapa ni componentes de la carcasa mientras el producto est en servicio Esto pone a descubierto los cables y componentes el ctricos y puede causar lesiones fuego o danos en el producto 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Si un producto se instala en un lugar fijo se debera primero conectar el conductor de proteccion fijo con el conductor de proteccion del producto antes de hacer cualquier otra conexion La instalacion y la conexion deberan ser efectuadas por un electricista especializado En el caso de dispositivos fijos que no esten provistos de fusibles interruptor automatico ni otros mecanismos de seguridad similares el circuito de alimentacion debe estar protegido de modo que todas las personas que puedan acceder al producto as como el producto mismo est n a salvo de posibles dafios Todo producto debe estar protegido contra sobretensi n debida p ej a una ca da del rayo mediante los correspondientes sistemas de protecci n Si no el personal que lo utilice quedar expuesto al peligro de choque el ctrico No debe introducirse en los orificios de la caja del aparato ning n objeto que no est destinado a ello Esto puede producir cortoc
97. CANCEL the data in 2 10 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Selecting default settings the first field are nevertheless accepted by the instrument The user midamble is stored separately for each modulation type It is set to O only when the instrument is switched off or when PRESET is activated IEC IEEE bus command CONFigure CHANnel TSC USER lt string gt Press the BURST FIND softkey to toggle between active burst search and inactive burst search When this mode is active the GSM EDGE measurement software presumes that a burst has been found The burst level for detecting a valid burst can be adjusted with the softkey BURST SEARCH THRESHOLD Switching BURST FIND off is very useful in conjunction with R amp S FSQ base band inputs to analyze unbursted signals One search type burst or sync find must always be active IEC IEEE bus command CONF BSE ON OFF Press the SYNC FIND softkey to toggle between active synchronization search and inactive synchronization search When this mode is active the GSM EDGE measurement software presumes that the midamble found corresponds to the preset TSC Switching SYNC FIND off is very useful if ramped signals without GSM modulated bits shall be measured One search type burst or sync find must always be active IEC IEEE bus command CONF SSE ON OFF The MULTISLOT softkey opens a table for selecting the multi slot configuration In column ACTIVE SLOTS the number of activ
98. Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the original offset supression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC OSUP MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK AVERage This command reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument t
99. ERENCE 0 ONLY ONE FRAME NO ABSOLUTE LEVEL _ LIMIT BASE VALUE _ LIMIT STEP WAL SLOT MOD LEVEL LIMIT LINE NO REF WALUE CTRLVL LOWER LIPPER B BPSK REL B FUTL E PUTULE JL UFF REL B 4MSK REL B PUTL_G PUTU_G 3 GSK REL 10 PUTL_G PUTLL 4 45K REL B PUTL_G PUTU_G 2 OFF REL B UFF REL 4 4 e OFF REL A As Mw A ERBE kann Full Burst of mixed Edge GSM signal Fig 2 11 1141 1515 44 2 54 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Fig 2 12 shows the complete frame measured with Power vs Time FULL BURST Using the FALL RISE ZOOM display will show the timing between individual slots Fig 2 13 FALL RISE ZOOM Transition area between slot 1 and slot 2 selected d Bilan NE Tit kt LLL LL LE e m nl LII d IT 1 I Fig 2 14 FALL RISE ZOOM Transition area between slot 2 and slot 3 selected 1141 1515 44 2 55 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 Test hints Power measurement with reference to midamble The PVT mode can be used for high precision measurement of burst power referenced to the 13 14 bit transition of the midamble The relationships between power control level and power class specified in the standards are listed in the tables below Table 2 4 Power classes Power P GSM 900 E P R DCS1800 DCS1800 PCS1900 Phase GSM900 Phase Phase Il Phase Il 43 dBm P 30 dBm 30 dBm 30 dBm Caram s7asm_
100. Extern GSM external trigger offset 340 us GSM Trigger IF Power GSM IF trigger offset 340 us TRACE 2 3 Not possible Limit Line MODU G X relative to center frequency CF X values symmetrical with CF so no X offset see below Y relative to reference level 1141 1515 44 2 15 E Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 Availability of keys and softkeys FFT filter FILTER TYPE FFT Function not available a Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not available 3 Channel and adjacent channel power measurements Function not available CHAN POWER ACP Measurement of occupied bandwidth Function not available OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH a Trigger Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS On screen presentation Function not available SPLIT SCREEN REF LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Unit UNIT menu Function not available Linear scaling RANGE LINEAR Function not available 1141 1515 44 2 76 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to transients Measurement of spectrum due to transients The spectrum due to transients is defined as the spectrum that results from carrier modulation and switching of the burst signal This spectrum is measured with the aid of the Max Peak detector and Max Hold The assumption is that the
101. FF RLEVel MODE AUTO ABS REL DB DBM numeric value VALue lt numeric_value gt STANdard SELect DYNamic GSM450 GSM850 GSM900 GSM1800 GSM1900 STATe Boolean TREFerence lt numeric_value gt MCARrier lt boolean gt MTYPe GMSK EDGE PRATe 4 8 RESTore no query SSEarch boolean 1141 1515 44 3 5 E CONFigure MS BSEarch ON OFF Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 This command toggles between active burst search and inactive burst search When this mode is active the GSM EDGE measurement software presumes that a burst has been found The burst level for detecting a valid burst can be adjusted with the command CONF BSTR One search type burst or sync find must always be active Example Characteristics INST MGSM CONF BSE OFF RST value SCPI Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Switches off the BURST SEARCH mode ON device specific CONFigure MS BSTHreshold 100 0dB This command changes the burst find threshold The level of the measured signal must change at least as much as that given threshold value to be recognized as a burst The value is in dB with a minimum of 100 dB and maximum of 0 dB The default is 35 dB Example Characteristics ENS MGSM UNE SS SEDET RST value SCPI CONFigure MS CHANnel SLOT MULTI Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode 23 Sers the burst search threshold to 23
102. GSM EDGE menu Press the CARRIER POWER softkey to start measurement of carrier power over the 147 useful bits in accordance with the standard The limit lines are displayed When power is exactly 3 dB below the reference level the trace is centered between the upper and lower limit lines IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS POW MM SWE COUN 20 gt INIT IMM WAI Result queries CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN RES CALCILIM1 NAME CPWU G CALCI LIM2 NAME CPWL G SCALCISEIMLSFALL gt CALC1 LIM2 FAIL Note In remote control mode the user must assign the following names to the limit lines before they are used CALC1 LIM1 NAME CPWU G or CPWU E CALC1 LIM2 NAME CPWL G or CPWL E FEW 1 MHz Marker 1 CTi WBW 1 MHz 24 76 dem Ref 18 dem Att 4 dB SHT 542 75 ps 75 851888 ys INNEN NENNEN AA ERG CREER EET EISE li E ayes GENERAL SETTINGS DENOD SETTIHGS 5 i RH AUG TRO De eg a ERROR eae i POHER US TIME s NODULATION SPECTRUN TRAHSIEHT SPECTRUNS SPURIOUS Center 1 GHz C4277 use Figure 2 6 Measurement of carrier power Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analyzer mode All settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode IF Power is set for GSM Trigger IF Power and the external trigger is set for GSM Trigger Extern IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SAN N 1141 1515 44 2 30 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power Test hin
103. GSM EDGE mode synchronization to midamble fails or no burst is found This bit is also set if in premeasurements in GSM EDGE mode the result differs too strongly from the expected value see also STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register ACPLimit device dependent This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register 13 to 14 These bits are not used This bit is always 0 1141 1515 44 3 72 E R amp S FS K5 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register This register is used only with GSM EDGE mode It contains information about sync and bursts not found and about premeasurement results exceeding or falling short of expected values The bits can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition and STATusrQUEStionable SYNC sEVENEt Table 3 2 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEstionable SYNC register BURSt not found screen A This bit is set if no burst is found in the measurements premeasurements for phase frequency error PFE or carrier power versus time PVT in GSM EDGE mode If a burst is found in these measurements premeasurements the bit is reset SYNC not found screen A This bit is set if the synchronization sequence training sequence of the midamble is not found in the measurements premeasurements for phase frequency error PFE or carrier power versus time PVT in GSM EDGE mode If the
104. IF power trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined GSM trigger offset see section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 This correction value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM EDGE Analyzer application firmware R amp S FS K5 is installed Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode TRIG SYNC ADJ IFP 20us Selects IF Power GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 20 us between the IF power trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode GSM EDGE TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust RFPower 460us 8s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the RF Power GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements for which an RF power trigger is possible the RFPower trigger setting is used If an RF power trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see table of triggers in section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 For another the correction value for the time offset of the RF power trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined GSM trigger offset see section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 This cor
105. INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS select GSM Trigger extern CONF BURS PTEM Selects power vs time PVT CONF BURS PTEM TMHR ON Switches Time Meas High Resolution on SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts WINE TMM eS wal Executes the measurement FETC BURS PTEM TRGS MIN Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 32 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh PTEMplate Subsystem Note This subsystem has been included only for reasons of compatibility with FSE K10 It is replaced by the command FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence For a detailed description see command FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT FETCh Option R amp S FS K5 PTEMplate REFerence query only FETCh SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in the GSM EDGE R amp S FS K5 mode used to measure the power of the spectral contributions due to modulation and switching without first restarting a new measurement Spectrum due to modulation MOD Spectrum due to transient TRA COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT FETCh Option R amp S FS K5 SPECtrum MODulation ALL query only REFerence query only SWITching ALL query only FETCh SPECtrum MODulation ALL ARFCn
106. If the limit type RELative is selected the relative limit line TRRU_G or TRRU_E depending on the modulation type GSM EDGE is used for the check For the relative measurement exists the necessary reference measurement READ SPEC SWIT which determines the reference power This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 ENST MGSM CONE S PEG owls TOONE 3 Pi WL 2 LIM REL SWE COUN 20 READESPECHSWELERER INIT IMM WAI RST value REL SCPI device specific Example Characteristics CONFigure SPECtrum SWIT ching TYPE Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects the TRA measurement Selects relative measurement type Sets the number of bursts Starts the reference measurement Executes the overview measurement This command selects if the reference measurement uses the predefined peak hold method or if it uses the RMS method In RMS mode the reference value is internally determined via the power versus time measurement PVT In that case further parameters like modulation type and trainings sequence must be set correctly Otherwise SYNC NOT FOUND messages may occur This function is available since version 3 70 INOT MGM CONE SPEC TOWLE CONE SPECT OWLF LIM REL TOONE S SPEC SW LTS TIPER RMS SWE COUN 20 READ SPEC TOWLE REE 2 INIT IMM WAI RST value REL SCPI device specific Example Characteristics 1141 1515 44 3 18 Switc
107. K EDGE OFF This command defines the modulation for the selected slot or defines the slot as inactive OFF The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON SLOT1 MOD GMSK Slot 1 uses GSMK CONF ECON SLOT2 MOD OFF Slot 2 is inactive CONF ECON SLOT3 MOD EDGE Slot 3 uses EDGE 8PSK Characteristics RST value GMSK for slot 0 OFF for slot 1 7 SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure SLOT lt O 1 7 gt RLEVel MODe ABS REL lt numeric_value gt This command defines the Reference Level Mode for the selected slot in the extended slot configuration mode The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF CONF ECON SLOT3 RLEV MODE ABS absolute power for slot 3 Characteristics RST value REL for all slots SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure SLOT lt O 1 7 gt RLEVel VALue numeric value This command defines the reference power for the selected slot in the extended slot configuration mode The numeric suffix at SLOT is the GSM slot number Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF SCONETECONSSLOT3SERLEV VAR 2 0 sets reference power for slot 3 to 5dB Characteristics RST value O dB for all slots SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 11 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CONFigure MS ECONfigure STANdard SELect DY
108. M CONFigure MTYPe EDGE CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy SWEep COUNt num value INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCUEracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FETCh BURSt MACCuracy INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK IMMediate RMS AVERage RMS MAXimum PEAK AVERage PEAK MAXimum OSUPress AVERage OSUPress MAXimum PERCentile AVERage PERCentile MAXimum FREQuency AVERage FREQuency MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage IQOFfset MAXimum IQIMbalance AVERage IOIMbalance MAXimum CONFigure BURSt PFERror IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage FETCh BURSt FERRor MAXimum FETCh BURSt IQOFfset AVERage FETCh BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance MAXimum INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure BURSt POWer IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN RESult CAhCulatel LIMIEL NAME CPWU G OPWU E
109. MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 41 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC FREQ AVER Starts the measurement and reags out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency MAXimum This command
110. MEAS SPURTOUS LINES Key RESTORE GSM LINES 1141 1515 44 INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching LIMit ABSolute RELative SWEep COUNt num value READ SPECtrum SWITching REFerence IMMediate premeas only LIM REL INITiate IMMediate WAI FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching LIMit RELative ABSolute READ SPECtrum SWITching REference IMMeadiate INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPURious IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result CALCulate MARKer ON CALCulate MARKer MAXimum CALCulate MARKer MAXimum NEXT the marker marks the peak spurious CALCulate MARKer X Y INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure RESTore 3 70 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Status Reporting Registers Status Reporting Registers for GSM EDGE Measurements Overview of Status Registers not used al not used al not used Qo gt A logical AND 13 ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen B 13 O logical OR 12 ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen B 42 of all bits 11 ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen B 11 o ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen B ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen B ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen B eo HCOPy in progress ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen
111. MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQIM MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQOF AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ DC Offset measurement in
112. MS AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR RMS AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then
113. NAMIC GSM850 GSM900 GSM1800 GSM1900 This command controls the behaviour of the extended slot configuration mode DYNAMIC uses a fixed Power vs Time limit line template Selecting GSM850 GSM900 GSM1800 or GSM1900 mobile station the limit lines are calculated internally by taking into account special user settings as control level and absolute level Note GSM850 is not supported for model R amp S FSG with base system version 4 29 ENS Sim MGSM CONF ECON ON CONF ECON STAN SEL Example RST value DYNAMIC SCPI device specific Characteristics CONFigure MS ECONfigure STATe ON OFF GSM1800 CONF ECON SLOTO LIM CLEV 30 CONF ECON SLOT7 LIM CLEV 40 Select GSM EDGE application extended slot configuration active chooses GSM1800 Sets it to 30 34dBm for slot 0 Sets it to 0 30dBm for slot 7 This command activates the extended slot configuration Example INST SEL MGSM CONF ECON ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure TREFerence lt slot_number gt Select GSM EDGE application extended slot configuration active This command defines slot used as trigger reference in the extended slot configuration mode INS TS ml MGSM CONF TECON TREER 4 RST value 0 SCPI device specific Example Characteristics CONFigure MS MCARrier ON OFF Select GSM EDGE application Slot 4 is the trigge
114. NT SHEEP POINTS 2 DEREDE Center 1 GHz 52 9 use SEL SHEEP SPECTRUN EX 36 FDD UE SCREEN B DISP OFF Fig 2 2 PVT multi slot measurement FULL BURST 4 slots active Press the RISING EDGE softkey to select a display mode in which the rising edge of the burst can be viewed on the monitor For multi slot signals the rising edge of the first active burst is indicated The start of slot O is always displayed in Extended Slot Configuration mode All the settings of relevance to this display mode are reset to their default values see Test hints No reference measurement is performed and the limit values are not adjusted The corresponding limit lines are shown on the monitor The 30 symbols are checked against the Imit lines with a resolution of 4 or 8 points per symbol IEC IEEE bus command CONF BURS PTEM SEL RIS Ref 0 5 dem Att 18 dB OWT 465 25 ps i Ril ANG TRO M FALLING EDGE TOP HIGH RESOL 3 MI HIHH Ethereal an 1 GHz Fig 2 3 PVT measurement RISING EDGE START REF MEAS 1141 1515 44 2 39 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 Press the FALLING EDGE softkey to select a display mode in which the falling edge of the burst can be viewed on the monitor For multi slot signals the falling edge of the last active burst is indicated The falling edge of slot 7 is displayed in Extended Slot Configuration mode All the settings of relevance to this di
115. ONF CHAN TSC USER Selects TSC USER CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF CHAN TSC USER OLOT TOTO Ito TOLOTO TOOL TIO LOTO LO TOS O DOSXOTOSO FOTO LOL OL LI ELH IH 1 LI LO LTN Defines TSC USER for EDGE Characteristics RST value 00000000000000000000000000 for GMSK 78 times 0 for 8PSK EDGE accordingly SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure LSLot STATe ON OFF This command defines whether a GSM frame contains long slots or not If this state is switched on both positions of the long slots have to be set with command CONF ECON LSL VAL Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONES ECON Si 1 Extended slot configuration with long slots Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific CONFigure ECONfigure LSLot VALue lt slot number gt slot number This command defines the long slots of the GSM frame Example TNST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON LSL VAL 1 4 Slot 1 and slot 4 are long slots Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 8 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure ECONfigure MREFerence lt slot_number gt This command defines the midamble of the reference slot in the extended slot configuration mode Example INST SEL MGSM Select GSM EDGE application CONF ECON MREF 2 Midamble 2 is used for the reference slot Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific
116. Operation Complete Oc Red SEENA Error event Output OVEN COLD OVERload screen A queue buffer ESE ESR ST ATus QUEStionable FREQuency STATus QUEStionable POWer Fig 3 1 Overview of Status Registers 1141 1515 44 3 1 E STATus QUEStionable Register R amp S FS K5 STATus QUEStionable Register This register comprises information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is operated without meeting the specifications It can be queried by commands STATus QUEStionable CONDition and STATus QUEStionable EVENt For GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 the sum bit number 11 is defined Table 3 1 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable register These bits are not used POWer This bit is set if a questionable power occurs see also section STATus QUEStionable POWer Register TEMPerature This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs FREQuency The bit is set if a frequency is questionable see also section STATus QUEStionable FREQuency Register 6 to 7 These bits are not used CALibration The bit is set if a measurement is performed uncalibrated label UNCAL LIMit device dependent This bit is set if a limit value is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register LMARgin device dependent This bit is set if a margin is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable LMARgin Register SYNC device dependent This bit is set if in measurements or premeasurements in
117. Pe GMSK EDGE GMSK EDGE CONFigure MCARrier ON OFF CARRIER STANDARD CONFigure MS ECONfigure STANdard SELect DYNAMIC GSM900 GSM1800 DYNAMIC GSM1900 EXT CONF CONFigure MS ECONfigure STATe ON OFF ON OFF CONFigure MS ECONfigure LSLot STATe Boolean Amel CONFigure MS ECONfigure LSLot VALue numeric value numeric value CONFIqure MS eECONTIgure MRERerence num ric value gt CONFigure MS ECONfigure OFRame Boolean CONF igure Ms ECONErgure TREFerence numeric value gt CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt MODulation GMSK EDGE OFF CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt RLEVel MODE AUTO ABS REL numeric value numeric value CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt RLEVel VALue CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit ABSolute numeric value CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit ABSolute STATe CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit ABSolute BASE lt 1 2 gt lt string gt CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit CLEVel lt string gt CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit LOWer lt string gt CONFigure MS ECONfigure SLOT num 0 7 gt LIMit UPPer lt string gt BUR oO SEND THRESHOLD 1141 1515 44 CONFigure BSTHreshold lt numeric value 3 66 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Softkeys Command MODULATION CCU MONE PHASE FREQ ERROR CARRIER POWER 1141 1515 44 INSTrument SELect MGS
118. R amp S FS K5 Setting the transmit channel The operating frequency is defined as usual in spectrum analyzer by pressing the FREQ key Press the FREQ key to open the box for manual input of the center frequency IEC IEEE bus command FREQ CENT 100MHz The relationships between channel number and frequency as specified in the standards are shown below Table 2 2 Relationship between frequencies and channels P GSM 900 Fl n 890 0 2 n 1 lt n lt 124 Fu n Fl n 45 Fl n 890 0 2 n 1024 R GSM 900 Fi n 890 0 2 n Fu n Fl n 45 DCS 1 800 Fl n 1710 2 0 2 n 512 Fu n Fl n 95 PCS 1900 Fl n 1850 2 2 n 512 Fu n Fl n 80 GSM 450 Fl n 450 6 0 2 n 259 Fu n Fl n 10 GSM 480 Fl n 479 0 2 n 306 Fu n Fl n 10 GSM 850 Fl n 824 2 0 2 n 128 128 lt n lt 251 Fu n Fl n 45 P GSM 900 FREQ ARFCN M 025 2MHz 934 8 935 9352 959 8MHz FREQ 975 1023 0 1 124 ARFCN R GSM 900 921 2MHz 934 8 935 9352 959 8MHz FREQ 955 1022 0 31 124 ADEN pcs 1800 1805 2MAz 1879 8MHz FREQ 512 885 ARFCN PCS 1900 1930 2MHz 1989 8MHz FREQ 512 810 ARFCN GSM 450 450 6MHz 457 4MHz FREQ 259 293 ARFCN GSM 480 479MHz 485 8MHz FREQ 306 340 ARFCN GSM 850 824 2MHz 848 8MHz FREQ 128 251 ARFCN 1141 1515 44 2 16 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals Measurement of modulation accuracy of EDGE signals The modulation accuracy of 8PSK m
119. RIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS Select GSM Trigger extern CONE SBURSSPIBM Selects power vs time PVT SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PTEM TRGS MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 51 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt PTEMplate TRGS MINimum This command starts the measurement of Power vs Time PVT of the base station or mobile and reads out the minimum of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default and TIME MEAS HIGH RESOLUTION must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect TMHR The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see TRIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS Select GSM Trigger extern CONF BURS PTEM Selects power vs time PVT CONF BURS PTEM TMHR ON Switches Time Meas High Resolution on SWE COUN 20
120. Ref 260 dBm Att 5 SAT 4 6446 mz C DYNANIC 3 EXTENDED SLOT CONFIGURATION LONG SLOTS ACTIVE LONG SLOTS 3 7 zu Gr TRIGGER REFERENCE REF MIDAMBLE TSC OFF ONLY ONE FRAME ABSOLUTE LEVEL PREC ACTIVE U my LIMIT pur WEE LIMIT STEP VAL LEVEL LIMIT LINE Mele REF VALUE CTRLUL LOWER UPPER REL a PUTL B PUTULG ABS 16 0 PUTL G PUTLLG AUTO O P elle ETE SLOT B 2 0 PUTL G PUTULG REL REL REL REL Fig 2 10 Dynamic extended slot configuration 1141 1515 44 2 52 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Hints for a Proper Setup of the Measurement Device From the description given so far a few rules can be established which should or must be obeyed in order to achieve proper and reliable measurement results The reference slot should always be the slot with the highest output power Reason The reference level of the device with Auto Level amp Time is controlled by the mean power of the reference slot When another slot will yield more power an overload condition will be given The midamble of the reference slot must be unique Reason The midamble sequence is the only way to setup a proper and stable timing within the IQ data stream If the AUTO Level function is used the offset should normally be O zero dB The offset should also be O dB for the reference slot and the level setting should be set to relative Otherwise the limit lines for these slots will be positioned incorrectly The signal
121. S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Measuring carrier power versus time provides a means of checking the time characteristic of a burst s power and the time reference between the burst edges and the midamble The power of the burst moreover is measured with synchronization to the midamble as stipulated in the standard and displayed To this end freely definable limit lines are shown and the time characteristic of carrier power is measured against them in the ZERO SPAN mode Reference measurement is available as a means of obtaining a correct level setting for the limit values also referred to as pre measurement in the rest of the text synchronization with the midamble of the burst is active in this measurement mode unlike the Carrier Power mode 13 14 bit transition of the midamble This ensures a correct time reference for the burst at all times An activated Extended Slot Configuration is treated like a multi slot measurement in this context For multislot measurements more than one slot active use the MULTISLOT softkey to set SYNC TO SLOT to the slot to which synchronization is to be made This slot then serves as a time reference for the other active slots for example if two active slots are to be synchronized to the second slot set SYNC TO SLOT 2 When external trigger is used the time between external trigger and first sample of the first bit of midamble will be calculated and displayed Requirements f
122. SEQ LEV EXT Smumerrzo valus The TRIGGER IF POWER softkey switches on the IF Power GSM trigger and activates the input for the IF trigger level Triggering is either by the IF Power trigger CPW MOD or by a free running trigger PFE PVT TRA SPU see Chapter 1 Trigger options When the IF Power trigger is used triggering is by signals in a bandwidth of approx 10 MHz FSP or 40 MHz FSU FSQ around the center frequency where they 2 6 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Selecting default settings exceed an adjustable level value To this end the spectrum analyzer employs a level detector on the third intermediate frequency This threshold can be adjusted and is preset to approx 20 dBm of the level at the input connector for detailed description see manual of basic instrument The bandwidth on the intermediate frequency is nearly 10 MHz FSP or nearly 40 MHz FSP Triggering occurs when the trigger threshold is exceeded within 10 40 MHz of the defined frequency start frequency in frequency sweep Note In remote control mode the GSM trigger offset has to be entered at the same time as the GSM trigger is selected IEC IEEE bus command TRIG SYNC ADJ IFP 460us to 8s The TRIGGER RF POWER softkey switches on the RF Power GSM trigger and activates the input for the RF trigger level This softkey is only available for FSP with option FSP B6 installed Triggering is either by the RF Power trigger CPW MOD o
123. SM EDGE hotkey calls the application A menu compliant with the applicable standards is displayed with a measurement assigned to each softkey The GENERAL SETTINGS and DEMOD SETTINGS contain the functions for setting default values There are two situations in which the GSM EDGE hotkey can be pressed 1 The GSM EDGE mode is not active the GSM EDGE hotkey has a grey background Pressing the GSM EDGE hotkey starts the GSM EDGE application and opens the main menu of the R amp S FS K5 At the same time the display changes to Zero Span and the trigger changes to the GSM trigger 2 The GSM EDGE mode is active the GSM EDGE hotkey has a green background Most of the keys of the device are operational so you can exit the GSM EDGE menu by pressing a key The GSM EDGE mode remains active Press the GSM EDGE hotkey to return to the GSM EDGE main menu Pressing the GSM EDGE hotkey opens the R amp S FS K5 main menu The measurements continue All user modified parameter settings are retained SPECTRUM Analyzer Mode GSM EDGE Exit the Start the N Application Application GSM EDGE Mode GSM EDGE Return to i Main Menu M TUM 1141 1515 44 2 1 E Figure 2 1 Starting and exiting the application Menu Overview Menu Overview
124. TO LEVT The TRIGGER OFFSET softkey activates the manual input of the trigger offset time between trigger and start of display The trigger offset can be adjusted graphically by turning the spinwheel so that the burst is within the vertical limit lines see Figure 2 3 Note lt is recommended to automatically adjust the trigger offset and the reference level using softkey AUTO LEVEL amp TIME A trigger offset value is saved for the external GSM trigger and another for the GSM trigger IF Power This means When GSM Trigger Extern is active you can press the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey to set the offset of the external trigger When GSM Trigger IF Power is active you can press the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey to set the offset of the IF Power trigger When you change the trigger the offset belonging to the trigger is activated at the same time When you exit the trigger offset function a status window appears showing the GSM trigger offset time between trigger and start of slot needed for remote control The time references are described in Chapter 1 Trigger options 2 5 E Selecting default settings R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Trigger Offset between external Trigger and begin of slot A A ys IF Power Trigger and begin of slot ALAM ys Note The values determined here for the GSM trigger offset must be specified in remote control mode for correct synchronization with the TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJu
125. TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default or TOP HIGH RESOLUTION must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see TRIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS Select GSM Trigger extern CONEFSBURSSPTEM Selects power vs time PVT SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PTEM TRGS AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt PTEMplate TRGS MAXimum This command starts the measurement of Power vs Time PVT of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected See CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default or TOP HIGH RESOLUTION must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see T
126. TYP GMSK EDGE Press the MULTI CARRIER softkey to enable or disable default state the multi carrier functionality If MULTI CARRIER is active a filter with steeper edges is used for the IQ measurements PVT PFE amp MAC In addition a 1 MHz analog filter is used in front of the digital filter This allows for example to measure on a 4 carrier situation with 600 kHz carrier spacing The IQ measurements are also possible on a carrier 30 dB below the other carriers Hint Switch off BURST FIND or adjust the BURST SEARCH THRESHOLD in such a scenario Also the Auto Level amp Time function will behave according to the setting of MULTI CARRIER The softkeys FILTER BW 500K 600K and TIME MEAS HIGH RESOL are not available in MULTI CARRIER mode IEC IEEE bus command CONF MCAR ON OFF The STANDARD DYNAMIC softkey controls the behaviour of the extended slot configuration mode for Power vs Time measurements EX Standard amp 4PS ABTIS DYNAMIC GM Su HS Gsh 1544 Ms Gh 1288 The default value DYNAMIC uses a fixed Power vs Time limit line template Selecting GSM900 GSM1800 or GSM1900 mobile station the limit lines are calculated internally by taking into account special user settings as control level and absolute level The actually 4 possibilities to be choosen are e MS BTS DYNAMIC e MS GSM 900 e MS GSM 1800 e MS GSM 1900 IEC IEEE bus command CONF MS ECON STAN SEL DYNAMIC GSM900 GSM1
127. UE set to 10 if 0 em EI O CC 00 CO ECON Dm memes 0000000 Sweep time 501 FSP In other words list measurement is dependent Sweep time 625 FSU FSQ on the sweep time of the frequency sweep ECO ACI CI e o C CI C Limit Line TRAU_G X relative to center frequency CF X values symmetrical with CF so no X offset see below Y absolute level Y offset has no effect 1141 1515 44 2 87 E 7 Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Availability of keys and softkeys FFT filter FILTER TYPE FFT Function not available Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not available Channel and adjacent channel power Function not available measurements CHAN POWER ACP Measurement of occupied bandwidth Function not available OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH Trigger VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE Function not available RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN Function not available REF LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Unit UNIT menu Function not available Linear scaling RANGE LINEAR Function not available 1141 1515 44 2 88 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spurious Measurement of spurious Measuring spurious entails examining the entire frequency band 30 MHz to 12 75 GHz or upper frequency limit of the analyzer for interference Note The center frequency is changed automati
128. VEL amp TIME TRIGGER for remote control the GSM trigger offset has to be set with commands OFFSET TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust TRIGGER INSTrument SELect MGSM FREE RUN TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IMMediate TRIGGER INSTrument SELect MGSM EXTERN TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust EXTernal 460us to 8s TRIGGER INSTrument SELect MGSM IF POWER TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IFPower 460us to 8s TRIGGER INSTrument SELect MGSM RF POWER TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust RFPower 460us to 8s with option FSP B6 only NO OF SENSe 12 5WEep COUNt 0 to 32767 BURSTS IF RF RWR TRIGgerl SEQuence SYNChronize IQPower 0 AS IQ TRIG DEMOD SETTINGS SH EK UE INSTrument SELect MGSM MIDAMBLE CONFigure CHANnel TSC 0 to 7 USER SET USER INSTrument SELect MGSM MIDAMBLE CONFigure CHANnel TSC USER lt string gt INSTrument SELect MGSM BURST FIND CONFigure BSEarch ON OFF INSTrument SELect MGSM SYNC FIND CONFigure SSEarch ON OFF gt E 4 d tz O 1141 1515 44 3 65 E oftkeys Command R amp S FS K5 CONFigure CHANnel SLOT MULTi ACTISYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACT3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACT4SYNC1 ACT4SYNC2 ACT4SYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNCA ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 READ AUTO LEVTime LEVELS TIME POINT SYMB CONFigure PRATe 4 8 4 8 MODULATION CONFigure MTY
129. WE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQOF AVER Starts the measurement and reags out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQOF MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 44 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Comm
130. ZELMILT2S FALL Mid channel PL8 no FREQ CENTER because same channel Dror ce WIND ST RAC OY SCA REEVE 4 DBM gt INPUT1 ATTENUATION 20 INETS gt WAT read out value of mean power CALCULATE MARKER LS FUNCTIONS SUMMARY MEAN RESULTS the limit values are relative to the reference level j Calculate the vyelimit offset so that the lines correspond with the current measured mean power YOffVal MeanResult RefLevel Use the calculated new YOffVal IX CALCULATE LIMITS UPPER OPFPSET Ot val CALCULATE1 LIMIT UPPER OFFSET 0 3 Example CALCULATELSELIMITLSPALL CALCULATELZELEMILT2S FALL Low channel PL15 FREQ CENTER O 999999GHZ DESPENIENDEERACHT SOC Al RER VER o DEM INPUT1 ATTENUATION 25 LN Es WAL read out value of mean power CALCULATE MARKER Le FUNCTION SUMMARYEMEANS RESULT the limit values are relative to the reference level j Calculate the vyelimit offset so that the Lanes correspond with the current measured mean power YOffVal MeanResult RefLevel Use the calculated new YOffVal X SCALCULATELSEIMITSUPPERFORFSET YOffVal CALCULATE1 LIMIT UPPER OFFSET 0 6 Example CALCULATELSELMI is FALLE CALCULATE LL GLMITZS FALL 1141 1515 44 2 58 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Additional information PVT measurement requires a time reference to the midamble TSC O to 7 The IF signal is digitized demodulated and processed IQ mode for this measu
131. a el corte de la red el ctrica Si los productos sin interruptor est n integrados en bastidores o instalaciones se deber colocar el interruptor en el nivel de la instalaci n No utilice nunca el producto si est da ado el cable de conexi n a red Compruebe regularmente el correcto estado de los cables de conexi n a red Aseg rese mediante las medidas de protecci n y de instalaci n adecuadas de que el cable de conexi n a red no pueda ser danado o de que nadie pueda ser danado por l p ej al tropezar o por un choque el ctrico oolamente est permitido el funcionamiento en redes de alimentaci n TN TT aseguradas con fusibles de 16 A como m ximo utilizaci n de fusibles de mayor amperaje solo previa consulta con el grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de corriente sucias o llenas de polvo Introduzca el enchufe por completo y fuertemente en la toma de corriente La no observaci n de estas medidas puede provocar chispas fuego y o lesiones No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente los cables alargadores o las regletas de enchufe ya que esto podr a causar fuego o choques el ctricos En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente con una tensi n U r gt 30 V se deber n tomar las medidas apropiadas para impedir cualquier peligro p ej medios de medici n adecuados seguros limitaci n de tensi n corte protector aislamiento etc Para la conexi n con dispositivos inform ticos como un P
132. able MEE Trigger VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS Start frequency START Function not available Measurement is in time domain Stop frequency STOP Function not available Measurement is in time domain Span parameters Function not available Measurement is in time domain SPAN FULL ZERO LAST SPAN Step width of center frequency coupled to Function not available Step width of the center frequency is resolution bandwidth AUTO X x RBW switched to manual value 2 kHz Level reading Function not available Instead of showing the level Y axis REF LEVEL RANGE LOG MANUAL LINEAR shows phase angle in DEG REF LEVEL POSITION GRID ABS REL Frequency counters Function not available SIGNAL COUNT COUNTER RESOLUTION Reference Fixed Marker Function not available REFERENCE FIXED menu Noise measurement NOISE MEAS Function not available Measurement of phase noise Function not available PHASE NOISE menu Set reference level to current marker value REF Function not available Instead of showing the level Y axis LEVEL MKR LEVEL shows phase angle in DEG Quasipeak autopeak detectors Function not available DETECTOR AUTO PEAK DETECTOR QPk On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN REF Function not available LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Time d
133. abricante en cuanto a seguridad el ctrica pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte 1 10 11 Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se deber comprobar siempre que la tensi n preseleccionada en el producto coincida con la de la red de alimentaci n el ctrica Si es necesario modificar el ajuste de tensi n tambi n se deber n cambiar en caso dado los fusibles correspondientes del producto Los productos de la clase de protecci n con alimentaci n m vil y enchufe individual solamente podr n enchufarse a tomas de corriente con contacto de seguridad y con conductor de protecci n conectado Queda prohibida la interrupci n intencionada del conductor de protecci n tanto en la toma de corriente como en el mismo producto La interrupci n puede tener como consecuencia el riesgo de que el producto sea fuente de choques el ctricos Si se utilizan cables alargadores o regletas de enchufe deber garantizarse la realizaci n de un examen regular de los mismos en cuanto a su estado t cnico de seguridad Si el producto no est equipado con un interruptor para desconectarlo de la red se deber considerar el enchufe del cable de conexi n como interruptor En estos casos se deber asegurar que el enchufe siempre sea de f cil acceso de acuerdo con la longitud del cable de conexi n aproximadamente 2 m Los interruptores de funci n o electr nicos no son aptos par
134. active slots 1 The FALL RISE ZOOM mode See CONF BURS PTEM SEL FRZ must be switched on separately Example Characteristics 1141 1515 44 INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement CONF CHAN SLOT MULT ACT3sync1 Selects 3 active slots CONF BURS PTEM SEL FRZ Selects Fall Rise Zoom Mode CONF BURS PTEM FRZ 2 Zoom to transition number 2 SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement RST value 1 SCPI device specific 3 15 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate This command selects measurement of power of the mobile or base station vs time PVT When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM OONRB BURS PTEM SWESCOUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the PVT measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL TOP RISing FALLing FRZoom This command defines the burst section to be measured FULL full burst RISing rising edge FALLing falling edge TOP top high resolution top of burst with smaller display r
135. ailable GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS Time domain mode ZERO SPAN Function not available Measurement is in frequency domain On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN REF Function not available LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B 1141 1515 44 2 93 E R amp S FS K5 Contents Remote Control Contents Chapter 6 Remote Control 3 Remote CONTE ol 3 1 Description or Commands oo 3 1 CALCulate DELTamarker Subsystem cccccccscccceseceeecceeceeeceuecaueescaeesaaeesaeessueeeaeeeseneeses 3 1 CALCUlate LIMI SUDSYSTEM ists stele eta n etse east 3 2 CAL GCulate MARKer Subsystem nina 3 3 CALCulate MARKer COUNt Subsystem 20222200220002000 0000 none nennen nennen nnn nnns 3 3 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem ccooocccccccccccncocncononcnncncnncncncnnonanonanononnnnnnnnos 3 3 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer Subsystem occooccccccccocccccccncococonaconanonnnnnnnnnnos 3 4 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary SubsysteM occccocccccccccccncococoooconacononcnnnnnnos 3 4 CAL CGUulate S TATISICS SUDSVSLIGITI s somete ates retin ee ins Diatr Paar 3 4 CALC UIE UNE SUD STC IN ss cob ias ara ax sei 3 4 CONFIGUIG SUBS SIEM iiO 3 5 CONFIqure BURSESUDSVSIGFI ic ia 3 14 CONFigure SPECtrum SubsySteM occoocccccccccocncconnonncnccononnnnnonnnnnnanononccnnnnonnnnnnanenanes 3 17 CONFigure SPURIOUS Subsystem cuina LE u opes 3 19 DISRlay SUDSYSICIM fee t eek 3 20 FEICHSUBSYsiem c o
136. alyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate 1141 1515 44 3 47 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC RMS AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy RMS MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the comm
137. amiento Con esto queda garantizada la seguridad del producto Bater as y acumuladores o celdas Si no se siguen o se siguen de modo insuficiente las indicaciones en cuanto a las bater as y acumuladores o celdas pueden producirse explosiones incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte El manejo de bater as y acumuladores con electrolitos alcalinos p ej celdas de litio debe seguir el est ndar EN 62133 1 2 No deben desmontarse abrirse ni triturarse las celdas Las celdas o bater as no deben someterse a calor ni fuego Debe evitarse el almacenamiento a la luz directa del sol Las celdas y bater as deben mantenerse limpias y secas Limpiar las conexiones sucias con un pario seco y limpio Las celdas o bater as no deben cortocircuitarse Es peligroso almacenar las celdas o bater as en estuches o cajones en cuyo interior puedan cortocircuitarse por contacto rec proco o por contacto con otros materiales conductores No deben extraerse las celdas o bater as de sus embalajes originales hasta el momento en que vayan a utilizarse Mantener bater as y celdas fuera del alcance de los ni os En caso de ingesti n de una celda o bater a avisar inmediatamente a un m dico Las celdas o bater as no deben someterse a impactos mec nicos fuertes indebidos 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 11 Informaciones elementales de seguridad 6 Encaso de falta de estanqueidad de una celda el liquido vertido no debe entrar e
138. and ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC RMS MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONE BURS PEER Selects the PFE measurem
139. and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe RESult Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion TOI STATe ON OFF Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion TOI RESult Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW 1141 1515 44 3 3 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available in GSM EDGE mode CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MODE ABSolute RELative Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC and PFE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary REFerence AUTO ONCE Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC and PFE CALCulate STATistics Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available in GSM EDGE mode CALCulate UNIT Subsystem Note This command is not available in GSM EDGE mode In GSM measurements the unit is prescribed either DBM power measurement or DEG phase error measurement have to be used 1141 1515 44 3 4 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure Subsystem The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configurin
140. and is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PEAK AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy PEAK MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS M
141. ands READ BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the original offset suppression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC OSUP AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the original offset suppression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automa
142. ange and therefore higher resolution on y axis power axis FRZoom fall rise zoom mode zoom between transitions This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM CONF BURS PTEM CONEF BURS PTEM SEL TOP SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Characteristics RST value FULL SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate TMHRes ON OFF Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the PVT measurement Selects the top high resolution mode Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement This command is available if the external trigger is selected and the PVT is running in FULL BURST MODE In this mode the power versus time works with a higher sampling rate Example INST MGSM CONF BURS PTEM CONE 7 BURS 2 PTEM SEL FULL TRIG SYNC ADJ EXT 100us CONF BURS PTEM TMHR ON OWES COUN 20 INIT IMM WATI Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 16 Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the PVT measurement Selects the full burst mode Selects the external trigger with 100us offset Switches on the time meas high res mode Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in the in the GSM EDGE Analyzer mode R amp S FS K5 used to determine the power of the spectral contributi
143. ange the burst find threshold The level of the measured signal must change at least as much as that given threshold value to be recognized as a burst The value is in dB with a minimum of 100 dB and maximum of O dB The default is 35 dB IEC IEEE bus command CONF BSTH lt num eric value 2 14 R amp S FS K5 Selecting default settings Restoring the limit lines RESTORE GSM LINES softkey LINES menu Press the RESTORE GSM LINES softkey to reset all the limit lines of the GSM EDGE application to their default values This softkey appears in the LINES menu of the spectrum analyzer as soon as the GSM EDGE application is enabled Users have the option of adjusting the limit lines to suit their purposes These custom settings are retained in a preset They are not overwritten until the user explicitly presses the RESTORE GSM LINES softkey User defined limit lines can be protected against being overwritten when the RESTORE GSM LINES sofikey is pressed by assigning them names other than those of the GSM EDGE limit lines IEC IEEE bus command CONF REST Note In remote control mode the names of the limit lines are predefined and cannot be changed Users must assign the limit lines these names before using them Example CARCLTBLIMISNAME PVIU G where PVT measurement PVT CPW MOD TRA U Upper limit line Upper Lower G modulation type GMSK EDGE 1141 1515 44 2 15 E Selecting default settings
144. any kind caused by dangerous situations Therefore carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions before and when using the product It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety instructions on personal safety for example that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation In these safety instructions the word product refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde amp ochwarz group of companies including instruments systems and all accessories Symbols and safety labels Notice general Caution Danger of Warning PE terminal Ground Ground Be careful when danger location when electric Hot surface terminal handling handling electrostatic heavy sensitive equipment devices Observe product documentation ON OFF supply Standby Direct current Alternating current Direct alternating Device fully protected by voltage indication DC AC current DC AC double reinforced insulation 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 1 Basic Safety Instructions Tags and their meaning The following signal words are used in the product documentation in order to warn the reader about risks and dangers indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or 4 DANGER serious injury A WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in
145. ation Tests us ce eC De ED LAE A LE 1 1 A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn nnn nnn 1 1 Firmware application FS K5 retta RERO NER ABE canesians Cc tha E NEM UIDI UE RAE ERAS EUN EK MUN UE RUE RUE 1 5 Installing the FS K5 firmware application cooocccoccncocnccccnccocnconcncnnnonnnnnnnnnonnnnonnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnos 1 6 Starting ines applICa MON ideo Epsum M Sheen E IEIUNII SU eee lh eee EE 1 6 Theapblicauon s gerieraleltlrigS cse ode aka 1 7 Measuring with the application anio aid 1 7 Aborting a measurement saree isses er datu b een 1 8 FRESUIES OT measure nens ido os des 1 8 EXIUNG LNG AD PIICAU OM eine een lee 1 9 TELAS AUCE TACOS a a 1 10 THE ODUONS aa TEE 1 10 Trigger and time references a ahnen 1 11 Possible errors and difficulties during measurement eee nun nere 1 14 Messages in GSM EDGE Mode a rain 1 15 Figures Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Tables Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 1141 1515 44 Data transmission in GSM network T amp FDMA communication 1 2 Start screen in GSM EDGE mode cccccccesccceeeceeeeceuceceueeceeecueeseeeceueesaueesseeeseeesaas 1 7 Trigger setting in GENERAL SETTINGS menu uusssuessssenenennenennnnonennonennonenennnnenn 1 11 Trigger and time references ccccccccsecccseccee
146. below TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS Set the Trainings Sequence CONF CHAN TSC 1 Do Auto level and Time measurement Attention Correct TSC Modulation type GSM EDGE and Multislot settings necessary for successful termination of Auto Level and Time If the values for Reference LEVEL and Time for ext Trigger to begin of slot are already known this measurement can be skipped READ AUTO LEVT IME returns Status Signal Power Time between Trigger and begin of virtual dlot Trig Level reserved Example PASSED 0 37 6 0300000e 004 1 4 O Select Spectrum due to modulation measurement which adjusts the trigger 7 hold ofr for modulation spectrum purpose CONF SPEC MOD Read out the Time between ext Trigger and begin Modulation Measurement Time begin Mod Time between Trigger and begin of virtual slot 340us SyncToSlot 576 92us The SyncToSlot is 0 if only one slot is measured See Multislot Settings TRIG HOLD Example 0 000943S Do the reference Measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Example 7 78042 0 219582 30000 The first value 7 78 dBm is the modulation reference level Read out the Reference Level in dBm DISP WIND TRAC Y SCAL RLEVEL Example 2 6 Read out the RF manual attenuation in dB INP ATT Example 15 Switch on the sense list power command the lt trigger offset gt is the value Time between ext Trigger and begin Mo dulation Measuremen
147. burst at high resolution TOP HIGH RESOL e Display of rising edge of burst RISING EDGE e Display of falling edge of burst FALLING EDGE e Display of fall rise zoom FALL RISE ZOOM in multi slot mode IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONE BURS PTEM CONF BURS PTEM SWE COUN 20 READ BURS PTEM INIT IMM WAI IMM SEL FULL REF IMM PETC BURG PYTEM SPE TCA BURRS P TEM gt CALC1 LIM1 NAME CALC1 LIM2 NAME gt CALC1 LIM1 FAIL gt CALC1 LIM2 FAIL TRGS AVER TRGS MAX PVTU G PVTL G Result queries Note In remote control mode the user must assign the following names to the limit lines before they are used You have a free choice of display mode for the measured value diagram 2 37 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 CALC1 LIM1 NAME PVTU G or PVTU E and CALC1 LIM2 NAME PVTL G Or PVTL E respectively In the case of multislot measurements a digit is appended to the letter to indicate the number of active slots Example EDGE single slot PVTU E EDGE multi slot 4 active PVTU E4 The name of each activated limit line is displayed next to the line The upper and the lower limit line for the 8 active slots are each composed of two limit lines A and B An A or B is added to the limit line name in this case For access burst mode also a different set of limit line is used here the PVT limit line names are PVTU AB and PVTL A
148. cally and restored to its original level when measurement is completed Requirements for the measuring signal All slots active if for example only one slot is active the measuring time must be extended by a factor of eight Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts se Omron Start application GSM EDGE hotkey Enter external attenuation GENERAL SETTINGS softkey Default 0 dB EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey Fine tune level to within approx 1 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask In case of measurements far off the carrier the reference level can be reduced further Start measurement PREV hotkey SPURIOUS softkey 1141 1515 44 2 89 E Measurement of spurious R amp S FS K5 Measurement GSM EDGE menu The SPURIOUS softkey starts measurement of the spurious in the frequency sweep 30 MHz to 12 75 GHz The limit lines are displayed IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF SPUR IMM SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Result queries CALC MARK ON CALC MARK MAX CALC MARK MAX NEXT the marker is at the largest spurious emission CALC MARK MAX RBMH 1 MHz IBH 3 MHz GENERAL Ref 0 5 dem Att 18 dB sSHT 8 8 s SETTINGS
149. ccccnnccnccnnnconnccnnononanonos 2 47 Example for Extended Slot Configuration u0 200244002200nennn nenn nenne nen nenne nennen 2 54 TOSCAN A eo NO mono ale ee ner E 2 56 Power measurement with reference to midamble 0222002240022200000 nennen 2 56 Measuring with slow frequency hopping uu022002040002n0 nenne nnnenenne nenn nnnnnennne nennen nennen 2 57 Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS sese 2 97 Measurement with maximum dynamic range cccocccncccccccncnnnncnnnnoncnnnononanonnnonanonnnnnnnnnas 2 57 Increasing the measurement speed during remote control 2 57 Additional information 2 59 Availability of keys and softkeys occooccccconcconcccocnconnnonanocanonnnnnnnnnnnnanonannnnnnnnnnnonanenaninnns 2 60 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation 22 200 a0002n00n00nannnnnnnanun ann nnnun nennen anne 2 61 Requirements for the measuring signal ooccocccccccncocnccconconnnonocnnonnconanonnnnnonrnnnnnnonanonanannns 2 61 Multislot Measurements Arien ee ee leds toL M LL ee 2 61 Quick reference guide m 2 63 POS AS UN UMS TN en ee ne 2 64 MOS CIS Tessa see TEE ee 2 70 Increasing measurement speed 2z2z0200020000000nnonnnnnennnnnn ann neuen anna nnnn anne nnnnnnnn nenn 2 70 Transducer Taco Sidi tota Ai 2 13 Measuring with slow frequency DOPpiNQ occooccccccccccnnccncncccnno
150. cohol acetone or diluents for cellulose lacquers Operation 1 Operating the products requires special training and intense concentration Make sure that persons who use the products are physically mentally and emotionally fit enough to do so otherwise injuries or material damage may occur It is the responsibility of the employer operator to select suitable personnel for operating the products Before you move or transport the product read and observe the section titled Transport As with all industrially manufactured goods the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction allergens such as nickel cannot be generally excluded If you develop an allergic reaction Such as a skin rash frequent sneezing red eyes or respiratory difficulties when using a Rohde amp Schwarz product consult a physician immediately to determine the cause and to prevent health problems or stress Before you start processing the product mechanically and or thermally or before you take it apart be sure to read and pay special attention to the section titled Waste disposal item 1 Depending on the function certain products such as RF radio equipment can produce an elevated level of electromagnetic radiation Considering that unborn babies require increased protection pregnant women must be protected by appropriate measures Persons with pacemakers may also be exposed to risks from electromagnetic radiation The employer operator must evaluate wo
151. commands are stated for each softkey Note All GSM EDGE measurements are performed in screen A Therefore commands carrying a numerical suffix selecting the screen should start either with the numerical suffix 7 i e CALCulatel or without a numerical suffix i e CALCulate Description of Commands CALCulate DELTamarker Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON OFF Note This command is not available in GSM EDGE mode CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise RESult Note This command is not available in GSM EDGE mode 1141 1515 44 3 1 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC and PFE The names of the limit lines are fixed The names must be assigned by the user prior to their use CALCulatel2LIMILELZNZAME XXX ya Or CALCulatel LIMit2 NAME xxxL yz XXX NK EH E Query Example CPWU G PVTL E3 1141 1515 44 measurement PVT CPW MOD TRA upper limit line PVT CEW MOD TRA lower limit line PVT CPW modulation type G GMSK E EDGE for all measurements blank only LOT Py um multrslot active slots blank 1 active slot 2 2 act ve slots 3 3 active slots 4 4 active slot in ACCESS Burst mode X AB CALC1 LIM1 FAIL CALCIALIM2Zs PALI upper limit line for Carrier Power measurement Modulatio
152. conditions for correct measurement namely correct timing of the trigger offset and correct reference level setting AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey For multislot measurements more than one slot active use the MULTISLOT softkey to set SYNC TO SLOT to the slot to which synchronization is to be made This slot then serves as a time reference for the other active slots for example if two active slots are to be synchronized to the second slot set SYNC TO SLOT 2 Requirements for the measuring signal The signal s peak power cannot be more than 1 dB above the reference level Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts pe Set frequency FREQ key Start application GSM EDGE hotkey Enter external attenuation GENERAL SETTINGS softkey Default O dB EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey Select GSM trigger TRIGGER EXTERN or TRIGGER IF POWER softkey Fine tune level to within approx 1 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey the trigger offset is set automatically or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask Set trigger offset TRIGGER OFFSET softkey Position burst time exactly in mask Start measurement PREV hotkey CARRIER POWER softkey 1141 1515 44 2 29 E Measurement of carrier power R amp S FS K5 Measurement
153. configuration the switch for synchronizing to the midamble SYNC FIND is permanently active If the extended slot configuration is activated an extended burst search is used which refers to the entire frame s slot level profile for rough chronological orientation in the IQ data stream If the level profile measured deviates too strongly from the specified slot profile the record is rejected and a new recording is started Following successful rough orientation the range in question is then searched for the specified midamble s pattern sequence If this is found the time length of the record is uniquely defined within the GSM frame and controlled for further analysis trace display in the PvT If the pattern is not found Sync Not Found is displayed and output and measurement data recording is restarted 1141 1515 44 2 53 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 Example for Extended Slot Configuration A mixed GSM EDGE signal has to be measured with following attributes e Slot0 Modulation 8PSK EDGE TSCO used as the reference slot e Slot1 OFF e Slot 2 Modulation GMSK GSM relative signal power 0 dB e Slot 3 Modulation GMSK GSM relative signal power 10dB e Slot 4 Modulation GMSK GSM relative signal power 0 dB e Slot5 OFF e Slot6 OFF e Slot 7 OFF Slot O wird als Referenzschlitz verwendet EXTENDED SLOT CONFIGURATION LUNG SLOTS 3 7 REF MIDAMBLE TSC B LONG SLOTs ACTIVE MO TRIGGER REF
154. cted power of the DUT is 3 dB below the reference level If the settings are not compliant with the above there is a risk either of the analyzer being overloaded or of the maximum dynamic range not being utilized Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analyzer mode The following settings are changed automatically as described below all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Trigger offset OFF Trigger GSM trigger Gating OFF IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SANa 2 69 E 7 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 Test hints Increasing measurement speed The measurement speed is considerably increased by using one of the two methods described above method amp 2 This applies for manual as well as for remote control and for both measurement types frequency sweep and list mode The best performance is obtained when the display output is switched off during remote control The commands of this subsystem are used for measuring the power at a list of frequency points with different device settings The measurement is always performed in the time domain span 0 Hz A new trigger event is required for each test point exception Trigger FREE RUN The results are output as a list in the order of the entered frequency points The number of results per test point depends on the number of concurrently active measurements peak RMS average Selection of concurrently active measurements and setting of
155. cting default settings External reference frequency Depending on whether or not the mobile station can be set to a service mode or whether another device CMD CMU calls the mobile it may be necessary to synchronize the reference frequencies of the devices in use This is particularly important before measuring the phase frequency error or the carrier power The procedure for switching to an external reference frequency is the same as in the basic unit SETUP menu REFERENCE Press the REFERENCE INT EXT softkey to toggle between the internal and EXT the external reference sources Notes If you toggle to external reference and the reference signal is not present the word EXREF is displayed to indicate that synchronization has not been achieved When switching to the internal reference it is important to ensure that the external reference signal has been disconnected in order to avoid undesirable interaction with the internal reference signal IEC IEEE bus command ROSC SOUR INT GENERAL SETTINGS menu GSM EDGE menu REF LEVEL EXTERNAL ATTEN AUTO LEVEL amp TIME TRIGGER OFFSET TRIGGER FREE RUN TRIGGER EXTERN TRIGGER RF POWER NO OF BURSTS 1141 1515 44 Pressing the GENERAL SETTINGS softkey opens a submenu for setting the major parameters of the GSM EDGE base and mobile station tests application When you
156. dependent limits IEC IEEE bus command CONF SPEC SWIT LIM REL ABS 1141 1515 44 2 81 E 7 Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Press the START REF MEAS softkey to start reference measurement It determines the reference for the relative measured values and for the limit lines Depending on the level obtained in this way a brief message appears drawing your attention to the optimum reference level This permits optimum loading of the spectrum analyzer IEC IEEE bus command READ SPEC SWIT REF IMM Details of reference measurement The purpose of reference measurement is to define the reference for the limit values Averaging is always over at least 20 bursts irrespective of the number of bursts VO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT selected for measurement as such The purpose of reference measurement is to determine the reference level for measurement of the spectrum due to modulation If measurement is successful the reference power is saved The resolution bandwidth used for measurement is also saved the preset bandwidth is 30 kHz If the result is not tolerable see below a warning is issued but the measured value is used nevertheless If the operation is cancelled by the user the reference power is not changed If reference measurement is successful the measured level is displayed and the limit line positioned relative to it the Y offset parameter of the limit line is recalculated Once determined i
157. e IFPower lt numeric_value gt IMMediate RFPower lt numeric_value gt Option FSP B6 TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo IFPower Note This command is not available in GSWEDGE mode The trigger source is selected with commands TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust EXTernal 460us 8s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the Extern GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements requiring a trigger signal and for which an external trigger is possible the EXTernal trigger setting is used If an external trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see table of triggers in section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 For another the correction value for the time offset of the external trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined GSM trigger offset see section Trigger and Time References in Chapter 1 This correction value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM EDGE Analyzer R amp S FS K5 application firmware is installed Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode TRIG SYNC ADJ EXT 20
158. e This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe 1 2 FREQuency STOP 0 fmax Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe 1 2 FREQuency MODE CW FIXed SWEep Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT CPW and SPU SENSe LIST Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT 1141 1515 44 3 57 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 SENSe MPOWer Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe POWer Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available in GSM EDGE mode SENSe SWEep Subsystem SENSe 1 2 SWEep TIME 2 5 ms to 16000 s frequency domain 1 us to 16000 s time domain Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep TIME AUTO ON OFF Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe Note The commands of this node are not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT CPW TRA and SPU 1141 1515 44 3 58 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands STATus Subsystem The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system RST does not influence the status registers The STATus QUEStionabl
159. e measurement is via a configuration command SENSe LIST POWer SET This also includes the setting for trigger and gate parameters The following setting parameters can be selected independently for each frequency point e Analyzer frequency e Reference level e RF attenuation e RF attenuation e RF attenuation of attenuator only with option B25 e Resolution filter e Resolution bandwidth e Video bandwidth e Measurement time e Detector For details see manual of instrument chapter Remote Control Command Description section SENSe LIST Subsystem 1141 1515 44 2 84 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to transients Optimizing the Sweep Time The set sweep time can be reduced if more than one slot is active multislot operation Example Measurement 1 Frame Pattern 10000000 1 Slot active O Slot inactive Sweep time gt 2 5 sec FSP gt 2 9 sec FSU FSQ Measurement 2 Frame Pattern 10101010 1 Slot aktiv 0 Slot inactive Sweep time gt 2 5 4 sec FSP gt 2 9 4 sec FSU FSQ The sweep time required by the FSE for transient measurements is longer since the FSU FSQ display has more pixels than that of the SPECTRUM ANALYZER Transducer factors The R amp S FS K5 provides measurements with transducer factors as described for the basic unit The frequency response of external components power splitters cables attenuator pads can be corrected or taken into consideration Transducer
160. e 625 gt with Head marker of binary data stream 4 ASCII byte stating the length of the subsequent lengthcounter here 4 2004 2500 Number of data bytes here 2004 FSP 2500 FSU FSQ lt meas value x gt 4 byte floating point measurement values Saving and recalling Saving and recalling trace data together with the device settings to from the device internal hard disk or to from a floppy is controlled via the commands MMEMory STORe STATe and MMEMory LOAD STATe respectively Trace data are selected with MMEMory SELect ITEM ALL or MMEMory SELect ITEM TRACe Trace data in ASCII format ASCCII FILE EXPORT are exported with the command MMEM STORe TRACe Transfer format The trace data are transferred in the current format corresponding to the command FORMat ASCii REAL The device internal trace memory is addressed using the trace names TRACE1 to TRACES The transfer of trace data from the control computer to the instrument takes place by indicating the trace name and then the data to be transferred In ASCII format these data are values separated by commas If the transfer takes place using the format real REAL 32 the data are transferred in block format 1141 1515 44 3 60 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands The transfer format for the trace data depends on the instrument setting SPECTRUM mode span gt 0 and zero span 501 FSP 625 FSU FSQ results are output in the unit selected fo
161. e SYNC register comprises information about sync and burst events see below STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable S YNC register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT lt QUES 2 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte Example STAT YOUES ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition 0O to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STATS QUES PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register from 1 to O for the trans
162. e lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE NORMal FFT CFILter RRC Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe 1 2 BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 1Hz 10MHz Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe 1 2 BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO ON OFF Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe 1 2 BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio 0 01 1000 Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe CORRection Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available in GSM EDGE mode SENSe DETector Subsystem Note Detectors APEAK and QPEak are not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT 1141 1515 44 3 56 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands SENSe FREQuency Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN RBW OFF Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTOr 1 100 PCT Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT SENSe 1 2 FREQuency SPAN O fmax Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe 1 2 FREQuency SPAN FULL Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE PVT and CPW SENSe 1 2 FREQuency STARt O fmax Not
163. e purpose of reference measurement is to obtain the reference for the applicable limit values Averaging is always over at least 20 bursts irrespective of the number of bursts VO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT selected for measurement as such If reference measurement is cancelled the existing level of the limit lines remains unaffected If reference measurement is successful the measured level is displayed and the limit lines centered relative to it i e the Y offset parameter of the limit lines is recalculated Once determined in this way the reference level is retained either until a preset is performed default reference level 20 dBm or until a new reference measurement is started This means that after performing reference measurement once the user can perform other GSM measurements for the same signal The reference level once measured is stored in memory when the GSM EDGE application is closed which means that it remains available for the next session Warnings issued during reference measurement The expected power of the DUT is 3 dB below the reference level If GSM EDGE measurements were performed right at the reference level there would be a danger of overloading the analyzer above the reference level If the reference level is too low i e Signal level of DUT reference level reference level offset gt 5 dB the following message is issued REF LEVEL too lon Signal power 0 35 dBm INCREASE REF LEVEL
164. e slots is set In column SYNC TO SLOT the slot is specified a to be used to synchronize on it for GSM measurements with demodulation PFE and PVT b orto be measured for GSM measurements without demodulation CPW MOD ACTIVE SLOTS SYNC TO SLOT 1 1 e E 3 1 a E 3 4 1 4 E 4 3 4 4 a 1 g e g si g 4 g 5 g 6 g T B a The midamble set under SELECT MIDAMBLE must be the same as the midamble of the slot selected in the SYNC TO SLOT column 2 11 E 7 Selecting default settings R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Also the limit lines will be adapted if the number of active slots is changed Example 1 2 slots active the PFE measurement should be made for the first slot gt ACTIVE SLOTS 2 SYNC TO SLOT 1 see figure above Example 2 2 slots active the PFE measurement should be made for the second slot gt ACTIVE SLOTS 2 SYNC TO SLOT 2 Example 3 3 slots active the PVT measurement should be synchronized to the third slot gt ACTIVE SLOTS 3 SYNC TO SLOT 2 Example 4 3 slots active EDGE GSM EDGE the MAC measurement should be made for the second EDGE slot slot 3 gt ACTIVE SLOTS 3 SYNC TO SLOT 3 IEC IEEE bus command CONF CHAN SLOT MULT ACT SYNC The measurements can be optimized by varying the parameters listed above See the description of the individual measurements MOD and TRA The AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey automatically sets the trigger offset and the
165. easurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 27 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS AVERage This command reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate INST MESM CONFSMEXP EDGEN CONF BURS MACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI EER TC BURG MACC RMS AVER RST value SCPI Example Characteristics device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of
166. easurement result corrects the measurement Ref Level Ref Level limit lines Offset 1141 1515 44 2 59 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 Availability of keys and softkeys All BW parameters BW menu Not available Parameters not available in IQ mode Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not available Dr Trigger VIDEO If POWER EXTERN FREE Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not available GATED TRIGGER GATE SETTINGS Start frequency START Function not available Measurement is in time domain Stop frequency STOP Function not available Measurement is in time domain Span parameters SPAN FULL SPAN ZERO Function not available Measurement Is in time domain SPAN LAST SPAN Step width of center frequency coupled to Function not available Step width of the center frequency is resolution bandwidth AUTO X x RBW switched to manual value 2 kHz Frequency counters Function not available SIGNAL COUNT COUNTER RESOLUTION Reference Fixed Marker Function not available REFERENCE FIXED menu Quasipeak autopeak detectors Function not available DETECTOR AUTO PEAK DETECTOR QPk On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN REF Function not available LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Switch to linear scaling RANGE LINEAR Function not available Logarithmic scaling for PVT Noise measure
167. ed dade nud ale Gobet acter ise Ae eilt 3 21 FETEN BURST SUDSYSIeEN eisen ne ee 3 21 FELCH P TE Mplate SUBS SIM o 3 33 REICH SPEEirim SUIS SM cae 3 09 INS Tr mment SubSVstelm o eisen Ense 3 36 ISE AD SUDSVSIOI sesion ea eg UE ucl deni Pe A LI d EUM E 3 37 READ AUTO UDS SM ee ee ee 3 37 READ BURSE SUDSYSTEM o a nee Be 3 38 READ SPEC TUM SUDSVSLIGETI 22 3 2er 3 53 SENSO SUOMI een eisen 3 56 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem cccccccscccssseeceeeceseecceeccsueeceecseeecseessaeesseessneeaaees 3 56 SENSe CORRection Subsystem cccccccecccsseecececeneeccuecceuceceecsaneeaseessaeecseessneeaaees 3 56 SENSe DETector Subsystem an ns ee ke 3 56 SENSe FREQUENCY SubsSysSteM ooccccccccocccccocccccocncocnccconnoncnnononononnnonnnonnnnonononannnoncnnnoos 3 97 SENSe LIST SUBSYSTEM M E ee ee See 3 57 SENSe MPOWer Subsystem 22u0222202000000000nnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nana she nenn nennen nennen 3 98 SENSe POWer Subsystem 22200 0000020002000 00000 anne nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nun nennen nennen 3 58 SENSE SV ECD Subsystem ios 3 58 STATUS SUD SS CIM eae setts a ee Needed Mate ae a ER us edit tet a ee 3 59 General Trace Cornelis cue ee ee 3 60 TRACE IQ SUS VG RN En engen 3 61 TRIGO SUBS VS MM ee ee te essen ee 3 62 UNI SUIS SUSU has METIDO 3 64 Table of Softkeys and Hotkeys with IEC IEEE Bus Command Assignment 3 65 Hotkey GSM EDGE 4a ae a yx oy a ea 3 65 HUNE ST
168. eeceeccseescuceceuseceueesaueesueeseueessueesseessaeesaas 1 12 Downlink base station transmitting to mobile 22u02240024000n0 nenn nenn nenn nenn enn nennen 1 3 Uplink mobile transmitting to base station oocccocccocncoconoconoconoconncnnnnnnnnnonanonannns 1 3 Results or meas rementsan steel 1 8 IIGGClODUONS e ce 1 10 Trigger settings in GSM trigger mode occccoccccccnccccnccccnnncncnncnnoncnonncononnnonnnnnnnnonnnnnnanonos 1 10 Table of Contents General Information FS K5 1141 1515 44 I 1 2 E 6 FS K5 A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE 1 General Information on Application Firmware FS K5 GSM EDGE Mobile and Base Station Tests A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE The GSM Global System for Mobile Communication standard describes the GSM mobile radio network that is in widespread use today To enhance this network the 8PSK modulation has been defined in addition to the existing GMSK modulation With 8PSK the mobile or base station operates in the EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution mode This means that GSM includes two different modes GMSK and EDGE The term EDGE is used only wherever there are significant differences between the two modes In all other cases the term GSM will be used There are two different standards distinguished primarily by their frequency bands ETSI for GSM900 GSM1800 and J STD 007 PCS 1900 primarily in the USA The physical layer
169. ent TSWE T COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR PEAK AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 48 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer automatically is set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR PEAK MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt PERRor R
170. er extended slot configuration configuration specifications are managed individually for every standard The LongSlot Feature supports the two different timing models of the GSM system If Long Slots Active No it is assumed that all eight slots have the same length of 156 25 symbols In the other case two slots must be denoted which will last for a time period of 157 symbols the remaining six slots are then each assigned a length of 156 symbols This feature is important for the assembly and exact positioning of the limit lines regarding the time scale Only One Frame controls the limit line interpolation between end of last slot and begin of first slot If NO is selected the limit line is continued at the end of the frame for 3 4 of a slot That means the limit at the end of slot 7 is equal to the begin of slot O and vice versa If YES was selected the limit value check is only performed within a frame These two parameters are uniform for all standards and for dynamic standard selection All other settings are special to the selected standard so the user can operate with individual settings for each standard The Trigger Reference specifies the slot which is used as the reference for time and level positioning It is the mean power of this slot which will be returned as the result of the premeasurement and which will be used as the level reference for proper adjustment of limit lines and measurement device At the same time the time axis
171. es leves o moderadas si no se evita AVISO indica la posibilidad de utilizar mal el producto y como consecuencia da arlo En la documentaci n del producto se emplea de forma sin nima el t rmino CUIDADO Las palabras de se al corresponden a la definici n habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el rea econ mica europea Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definici n en otras reas econ micas o en aplicaciones militares Por eso se deber tener en cuenta que las palabras de se al aqu descritas sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinaci n con la correspondiente documentaci n del producto y solamente en combinaci n con el producto correspondiente La utilizaci n de las palabras de se al en combinaci n con productos o documentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a interpretaciones equivocadas y tener por consecuencia da os en personas u objetos Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento El producto solamente debe ser utilizado seg n lo indicado por el fabricante respecto a los estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento sin que se obstruya la ventilaci n Si no se siguen las indicaciones del fabricante pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte En todos los trabajos deber n ser tenidas en cuenta las normas nacionales y locales de seguridad del trabajo y de prevenci n de accidentes 1 Sino se convino de otra manera es para lo
172. ess Center 1 GHz 5 START Figure 2 13 Time domain measurement in progress RBW 38 kHz IBN 38 kHz FREQUENCY SHEEP Att 18 dB SWT 75 ms MODULATION sPECTRUM LIST 1 000084 GHz Status gt FAILED x Le Bg dB Ho of Bursts 1 AU m ec A dEm at REH 38 kHz FEW 38 kHz UBH Uffset Limit Uffset Limit dB LdB dB CdB e zu 16 2 El 12 10 12 2 x 15 13 15 4 x 40 4B 43 46 46 46 46 46 4r 46 4B8 46 48 46 49 46 PASSED MARGIN MARGIN MARGIN gt FAILED lt FAILED lt MARGIN MARGIN MARGIN MARGIN PASSED in in Oe aye eS E D i in in ini Ea Bae EQ E E LU 1 I 1 I SO G O G G dE E E LU enter Pari Hz srecan oswepor Figure 2 14Results of time domain measurement STARTA 1141 1515 44 2 67 E N Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 J 3 e e 1141 1515 44 Press the LIST RESULTS softkey to view the most recent results in the time domain measurement IEC IEEE bus commands FETC SPEC MOD REF FETC SPEC MODu ALL ARFC Press the PAGE UP softkey to browse through the results table if it is too long to fit onto one page depending on span Press the PAGE DOWN softkey to browse through the results table if it is too long to fit onto one page depending on span The LIST AVG LIN LOG softkey toggles between linear and logarithmic default averaging in the modulation spectrum list measurement In LIN mode
173. essary the IF or RF trigger level and the setting of the mechanical and if available electronic attenuator are optimized in addition The following parameters must be correctly set before this auto function is started center frequency GSM trigger mode modulation mode multislot settings midamble multi carrier During the AUTO LEVEL amp TIME measurement the signal level is measured and the reference level is set to 3 dB above the measured signal level After a successful measurement the signal power and the trigger level are indicated If the measurement is not successfully completed termination by the user or as a result of a Carrier Overload error more than 27 dBm or No Carrier error the trigger offset and reference level settings are not changed During the AUTO LEVEL amp TIME measurement the attenuation is set to AUTO and the trigger slope to POSITIVE for IF Power trigger only After the measurement the user defined settings are restored In the course of the AUTO LEVEL amp TIME measurement the premeasurement for PVT is performed It is not necessary to repeat this premeasurement after a successful AUTO LEVEL amp TIME measurement The premeasurement for MOD however has to be performed separately because it uses a different measurement bandwidth If automatic setting is not successful the settings must be made manually with the REF LEVEL and TRIGGER OFFSET softkeys IEC IEEE bus command READ AU
174. ety of the product Batteries and rechargeable batteries cells If the information regarding batteries and rechargeable batteries cells is not observed either at all or to the extent necessary product users may be exposed to the risk of explosions fire and or serious personal injury and in some cases death Batteries and rechargeable batteries with alkaline electrolytes e g lithium cells must be handled in accordance with the EN 62133 standard 1 2 Cells must not be taken apart or crushed Cells or batteries must not be exposed to heat or fire Storage in direct sunlight must be avoided Keep cells and batteries clean and dry Clean soiled connectors using a dry clean cloth Cells or batteries must not be short circuited Cells or batteries must not be stored in a box or in a drawer where they can short circuit each other or where they can be short circuited by other conductive materials Cells and batteries must not be removed from their original packaging until they are ready to be used Keep cells and batteries out of the hands of children If a cell or a battery has been swallowed seek medical aid immediately Cells and batteries must not be exposed to any mechanical shocks that are stronger than permitted If a cell develops a leak the fluid must not be allowed to come into contact with the skin or eyes If contact occurs wash the affected area with plenty of water and seek medical aid Improperly replacing or chargin
175. evel corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS PTEM REF Executes the premeasurement PETC BURS PTEM REF Queries the result Result 43 2 43 2 1000000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence ECONfigure IMMediate This command reads out the result of the pre measurement of power vs time in the extended slot configuration mode The result is output as a list of partial result strings for all active slots separated by in the following ASCII format slot number gt lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt slot number gt lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode when measurement of the power vs time is selected and the extended slot configuration mode Example FETC BURS PTEM REF ECON Read the result of t
176. exposici n a radiaciones Tenga en cuenta que en caso de incendio pueden desprenderse del producto sustancias t xicas gases l quidos etc que pueden generar da os a la salud Por eso en caso de incendio deben usarse medidas adecuadas como p ej m scaras antig s e indumentaria de protecci n En caso de que un producto Rohde amp Schwarz contenga un producto l ser p ej un lector de CD DVD no debe usarse ninguna otra configuraci n o funci n aparte de las descritas en la documentaci n del producto a fin de evitar lesiones p ej debidas a irradiaci n l ser Reparaci n y mantenimiento 1 El producto solamente debe ser abierto por personal especializado con autorizaci n para ello Antes de manipular el producto o abrirlo es obligatorio desconectarlo de la tensi n de alimentaci n para evitar toda posibilidad de choque el ctrico El ajuste el cambio de partes el mantenimiento y la reparaci n deber n ser efectuadas solamente por electricistas autorizados por Rohde amp Schwarz Si se reponen partes con importancia para los aspectos de seguridad p ej el enchufe los transformadores o los fusibles solamente podr n ser sustituidos por partes originales Despu s de cada cambio de partes relevantes para la seguridad deber realizarse un control de seguridad control a primera vista control del conductor de protecci n medici n de resistencia de aislamiento medici n de la corriente de fuga control de funcion
177. factors can be activated for CPW MOD TRA and SPU general and list measurements They are set stored and modified in the SETUP menu using the TRANSDUCER softkey Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS The default value when you launch the application is NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT 0 This setting produces a floating average over every 10 bursts See SPECTRUM ANALYZER manual You can change NO OF BURSTS if you want to measure across a different number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode 1141 1515 44 2 85 E Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Additional information The tables below show the default settings that apply after you press the FREQUENCY SWEEP or START LIST softkey FREQUENCY SWEEP measurement oe A SUPINE Er RN MN SINGLE under remote control 4 6154 ms 501 2 31s O e S wa wea S Limit Line TRAU_G X relative to center frequency CF X values symmetrical with CF so no X offset see below Y absolute level Y offset has no effect Limit X OFFSET C 0 because symmetrical with CF Limit Y OFFSET LAE No effect because Y absolute 1141 1515 44 2 86 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to transients LIST measurement AN SWEEP MODE SINGLE PEA BEDS
178. fied offset this difference gives a total offset which is used on the level values of the line of the slot to be calculated The 0 dB point of the slot specified as a reference is used as the reference for the relevant line instead of the reference slot s O dB point Absolute Lines This new extended slot configuration option permits allocation of a slot mask to an absolute level i e the O dB point is allocated one of the specified dBm value in accordance with the settings made This value in dBm demonstrates no natural connection to the pre measurement Automatic Lines This is a totally new feature too the OdB point of a slot marked as auto is derived from the pre measurement of the PvT measurement In addition to the usual pre measurement with which the mid range power of the specified reference slot is measured the mid range power of the slot set to auto is also calculated and serves as a basis for the O dB point for this slot The absolute time zero is defined to be start of symbol O of slot O i e the time zero is positioned at the start of the very first symbol of the GSM frame Depending on the configured reference slot and the GSM timing model the proper 1 4 symbol shift between the individual slots will be taken into account The overall result is a set of limit lines extending over the time scale of a complete GSM frame 1141 1515 44 2 51 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 STANDARD
179. g cells or batteries that contain alkaline electrolytes e g lithium cells can cause explosions Replace cells or batteries only with the matching Rohde amp Schwarz type see parts list in order to ensure the safety of the product Cells and batteries must be recycled and kept separate from residual waste Rechargeable batteries and normal batteries that contain lead mercury or cadmium are hazardous waste Observe the national regulations regarding waste disposal and recycling Transport 1 The product may be very heavy Therefore the product must be handled with care In some cases the user may require a suitable means of lifting or moving the product e g with a lift truck to avoid back or other physical injuries 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 5 Informaciones elementales de seguridad 2 Handles on the products are designed exclusively to enable personnel to transport the product It is therefore not permissible to use handles to fasten the product to or on transport equipment such as cranes fork lifts wagons etc The user is responsible for securely fastening the products to or on the means of transport or lifting Observe the safety regulations of the manufacturer of the means of transport or lifting Noncompliance can result in personal injury or material damage 3 If you use the product in a vehicle it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely and properly The manufacturer assumes no responsibility f
180. g complex measurement tasks like those provided by the firmware application GSM EDGE Analyzer R amp S FS K5 The CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH and READ subsystems where the measurement cycles are started and or the results of the measurements are queried The purpose of the following commands is configuring the GSM EDGE mode firmware application R amp S FS K5 for mobiles and base stations corresponding to the standards P GSM E GSM R GSM DCS1800 or PCS1900 Note Beside the notation CONFigure lt command gt the spectrum analyzer also supports the notation CONFigure MS lt command gt for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family of instruments COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT CONFigure MS BSEarch Boolean BSTHreshold numeric value CHANnel SLOT MULTI ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACTISYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACT4SYNC1 ACT4SYNC2 ACTASYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 TSC numeric value USER ABO AB1 AB2 lt string gt USER ECONfigure LSLot STATe Boolean VALue lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt MREFerence numeric value OFRame lt Boolean gt SLOT lt num 0 7 gt LIMit ABSolute BASE lt 1 2 gt numeric value STATe Boolean CLEVel GMSK EDGE OFF LOWer lt string gt UPPer lt string gt MODulation MSK EDGE O
181. gle sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQIM AVER Starts the measurement and reags out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of
182. guration mode Example READ BURSt PTEM REF ECON read the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate This command starts the premeasurement of power vs time and reads out the results The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS PTEM REF Executes the measurement and queries the result Result 43 2 43 2 600000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 50 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ BURSt PTEMplate TRGS AVERage This command starts the measurement of Power vs Time PVT of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS
183. he GSM EDGE hotkey has a grey background the newly selected mode is active and its hotkey has a green background In order to simplify the procedure for working alternately with the Analyzer and GSM EDGE modes the principal parameters of the GSM EDGE measurement active at the time of the changeover are maintained in the new mode Center frequency CENTER Frequency offset FREQUENCY OFFSET Reference level REF LEVEL Reference level offset REF LEVEL OFFSET Attenuation value RF ATTEN Mode of attenuation RF ATTEN AUTO MANUAL Attenuation value of electronic attenuator EL ATTEN Electronic attenuator on off EL ATTEN OFF Setting of electronic attenuator EL ATTEN AUTO MANUAL Input impedance RF INPUT 50 0 75 Q Sweep counter SWEEP COUNT NO OF BURSTS Trigger TRIGGER see Trigger options Trigger polarity POLARITY POS NEG Trigger offset of trigger active in GSM EDGE TRIGGER OFFSET Resolution bandwidth RBW Video bandwidth VBW Sweep time SWEEP TIME 1 Only with RF ATTEN AUTO If the GSM EDGE application is activated the attenuation is automatically reduced so that the mixer level is at the maximum max 10 dBm for FSP 5dBm for FSU FSQ When the GSM EDGE application is exited this modification is cancelled mixer level max 30 dBm for FSP 25dBm for FSU FSQ 2 For CPW MOD TRA and SPU measurements only These values cannot be transferred exactly in the case of the PFE and PVT measurements
184. he premeasurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 30 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh BURSt PTEMplate TRGS AVERage This command reads out the average of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate In addition FULL BURST default or TOP HIGH RESOLUTION must be selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect The GSM Trigger must be set to extern see TRIG SEQ SYN ADJ EXT Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ EXT OS select GSM Trigger extern CONF BURS PTEM Selects power vs time PVT SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PTEM TRGS AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt PTEMplate TRGS MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the absolute time between external trigger and begin of the first symbol of the trainings sequence midamble in s over the selected number of bursts TRGS TRiGger to Start symbol of midamble
185. he reference level to approx the value given in m the message so that the reference level is about 3 dB higher than the actual power 1141 1515 44 1 15 E 6 Messages in GSM EDGE mode FS K5 Message Explanation BURST FIND always ON in this version K Sa SYNC FIND always ON in this version Trigger Offset between external Trigger and begin of slot a ama us Trigger Offset between IF Power Trigger and begin of slot ALAM ys LIMIT LINE ERROR Ho ar wrong limit line or limit checks disabled on TRACE 1 gt AUTO LEUEL TIME ok signal power 24 7 dBm IF Power Trigger and begin of slot 6 87 ys IK A AUTO LEUELATIHE MHEAS Aborted hee AUTO LEVEL TINE in progress gt Mo Carrier i or Carrier OVERLOAD 1141 1515 44 1 16 Indicates that the BURST FIND function is always on in this version see DEMOD SETTINGS Indicates that the SYNC FIND function is always on in this version see DEMOD SETTINGS Indicates the current setting for the time between the trigger external and the start of the slot See Trigger and time references Indicates the current setting for the time between the trigger IF Power and the start of the slot See Trigger and time references Indicates that an expected limit line was not found or is incorrect Use the RESTORE GSM LIMITS softkey to restore the original GSM EDGE limit lines correct the limit line or
186. hes the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects the TRA measurement Selects relative measurement type Selects RMS mode Sets the number of bursts Starts the reference measurement Executes the overview measurement E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure SPURious Subsystem This subsystem provides commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM EDGE R amp S FS K5 Analyzer mode used for measuring the power of spurious emissions SPU COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT CONFigure Option R amp S FS K5 SPURious IMMediate no query CONFigure SPURious IMMediate This command selects measurement of spurious emissions SPU When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM owitches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPUR Selects the SPU measurement OWES COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the overview measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 19 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay FORMat SINGle SPLit Note This command is not available in GSW EDGE mode For GSWEDGE mode the display is always setto FULL SCREEN DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect Note This command ts not avai
187. idas en la documentaci n del producto La eliminaci n incorrecta de sustancias peligrosas o combustibles puede causar da os a la salud o da os al medio ambiente 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 12 Uualit tszertifikat Certificate of quality Certificat de qualite Sehr geehrter Kunde Sie haben sich fur den Kauf eines Rohde amp Schwarz Produktes ent schieden Hiermit erhalten Sie ein nach modernsten Fertigungsmethoden hergestelltes Produkt Es wurde nach den Regeln unseres Qualitatsmanage mentsystems entwickelt gefertigt und gepr ft Das Rohde amp Schwarz Qualitatsmanagementsystem ist u a nach I80 9001 und ISO 14001 zertifiziert Der Umwelt verpflichtet 1 Energie effiziente RoHS konforme Produkte i Kontinuierliche Weiterentwicklung nachhaltiger Umweltkonzepte 150 14001 zertifiziertes Umweltmanagementsystem Dear Customer You have decided to buy a Rohde Schwarz product You are thus assured of receiving a product that is manufactured using the most modern methods available This product was developed manufactured and tested in compliance with our quality management system stan dards The Rohde amp Schwarz quality management system Is certified according to standards such as ISO9001 and ISO 14001 Environmental commitment Energy efficient products Continuous improvement in environmental sustainability 1150 14001 certified environmental management system Certified Quality System ISO 9001
188. iderable increase in the MOD measurement speed Method 1 Purpose This method is used for measuring the modulation spectrum of a specific slot if there are several active slots Precondition An external frame trigger must be available Settings gt Enter the number of active slots ACTIVE SLOTS softkey and the slot to be measured SYNC TO SLOT softkey in the MULTISLOT submenu 1141 1515 44 2 61 E Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 SYNC TO SLOT informs the GSM measurement software of the number of the slot to be measured The GSM measurement software sets the correct trigger offset and thus the correct gate times for the selected slot based on the slot timing defined by the ETSI standard gt If the slots are separated by variable offsets it is advisable to run the AUTO LEVEL amp TIME function before starting the MOD measurement Prior to starting this function the midamble of the slot to be measured must be correctly set under DEMOD SETTINGS SELECT MIDAMBLE Thus the trigger offset setting of the slot to be measured is referred to its midamble Method 2 Purpose This method is used to measure the modulation spectrum of each slot and average the results over the number of slots NO OF BURSTS if there are several active slots The measurement speed increases with the number of active slots Example Measurement 1 NO OF BURSTS 200 Frame pattern 10000000 1 slot active 0 slot inact
189. ircuitos en el producto y o puede causar choques el ctricos fuego o lesiones oalvo indicaci n contraria los productos no est n impermeabilizados ver tambi n el cap tulo Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento punto 1 Por eso es necesario tomar las medidas necesarias para evitar la entrada de l quidos En caso contrario existe peligro de choque el ctrico para el usuario o de da os en el producto que tambi n pueden redundar en peligro para las personas No utilice el producto en condiciones en las que pueda producirse o ya se hayan producido condensaciones sobre el producto o en el interior de ste como p ej al desplazarlo de un lugar fr o a otro caliente La entrada de agua aumenta el riesgo de choque el ctrico Antes de la limpieza desconecte por completo el producto de la alimentaci n de tensi n p ej red de alimentaci n o bater a Realice la limpieza de los aparatos con un pario suave que no se deshilache No utilice bajo ning n concepto productos de limpieza qu micos como alcohol acetona o diluyentes para lacas nitrocelul sicas Funcionamiento 1 2 3 4 El uso del producto requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentraci n durante el manejo Debe asegurarse que las personas que manejen el producto est n a la altura de los requerimientos necesarios en cuanto a aptitudes f sicas ps quicas y emocionales ya que de otra manera no se pueden excluir lesiones o dafios de objetos
190. is accompanied by the latest version of the instructions for installation and enabling Notes e g on compatibility between firmware and other applications are provided in the release notes for each firmware version Starting the application Press the GSM EDGE hotkey to start the GSM EDGE FS K5 application The GSM EDGE mode is now active the GSM EDGE hotkey has a green background Set triggering by switching to the GSM trigger mode See Trigger options the level versus time over approx 9 slots is displayed No measurement is active In order to simplify the procedure for working alternately with the analyzer and GSM EDGE modes the principal parameters are maintained each time you change from one mode to the other e Center frequency CENTER e Frequency offset FREQUENCY OFFSET e Reference level REF LEVEL e Reference level offset REF LEVEL OFFSET e Attenuation value RF ATTEN e Mode of attenuation RF ATTEN AUTO MANUAL e Attenuation value of electronic attenuator EL ATTEN e Electronic attenuator on off EL ATTEN OFF e Setting of electronic attenuator EL ATTEN AUTO MANUAL e Input impedance RF INPUT 50 Q 75 e Sweep counter SWEEP COUNT NO OF BURSTS e Trigger TRIGGER see Trigger options 1 only with RF ATTEN AUTO If the GSM EDGE application is activated the attenuation is automatically reduced so that the mixer level is at the maximum 10dBm for FSP 5dBm for FSU FSQ When the GSM EDGE applica
191. is not immediately apparent on screen Remedy Change trigger IF RF Power trigger reduce level of IF RF power trigger reduce external attenuation increase signal level e Trig to Sync Start is not available during PVT measurement Causes Power Trigger used instead of external trigger TRGS is only available with external trigger Effects During PVT measurement the result display TRGS is not available Remedy Change trigger to Extern e Burst not found Sync not found Causes Dummy burst slow frequency hopping active wrong midamble wrong modulation type Effects Sweep stops measurements with midamble synchronization Remedy Necessary only if measurement does not run otherwise measurement is possible Check the modulation type Check the midamble Deactivate slow frequency hopping 1141 1515 44 1 14 E 6 FS K5 Messages in GSM EDGE mode Messages in GSM EDGE mode All the messages explained below remain on screen only for as long as is absolutely necessary They are cleared automatically three seconds after the reason why they were issued no longer applies You can close any box with an OK button by pressing ENTER You can continue to use softkeys keys and hotkeys while a message box is displayed on screen If a message box includes an ABORT key you can abort the action in progress by pressing ENTER Message Explanation LIST MEAS Indicates that list measurement MOD or TRA is in in progress progress A
192. is set to GMSK In access burst mode the measurements power versus time PVT or phase frequency error PFE can be selected other measurements are not available The IF and RF on R amp S FSP power trigger are used in access burst mode to trigger the IQ measurements PVT PFE if the detector board with the model number 03 or higher is part of the analyzer hardware Without that kind of detector board the free run trigger is used as known from the IQ measurements in normal mode The external trigger is available as usual The access burst mode is left by selecting a normal TSCO TSC7 or the TSC USER The active measurement mode from access burst mode PVT or PFE is left and a new measurement mode configuration is necessary IEC IEEE bus command CONFigure CHANnel TSC 0 7 USER ABO ABl AB2 The SET USER MIDAMBLE softkey activates the input of an user specific midamble The midamble is entered bit by bit GMSK 1bit symbol 8PSK 3 bits symbol The only admissible values are 1 and 0 Values other than 0 or 1 are set to 1 Input fields that are not completely filled are filled with O inputs that are too long are cut off If this is the case a message appears that has to be confirmed by means of ENTER The midamble for EDGE 8PSK is entered in two successive fields The first 40 bits are entered in the first field the remaining 38 bits in the second field If the input of data into the second field is aborted by means of ESC
193. ith movable power cord and connector operation is permitted only on sockets with an earthing contact and protective earth connection 3 Intentionally breaking the protective earth connection either in the feed line or in the product itself is not permitted Doing so can result in the danger of an electric shock from the product If extension cords or connector strips are implemented they must be checked on a regular basis to ensure that they are safe to use 4 If the product does not have a power switch for disconnection from the AC supply network the plug of the connecting cable is regarded as the disconnecting device In such cases always ensure that the power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all times corresponding to the length of connecting cable approx 2 m Functional or electronic switches are not suitable for providing disconnection from the AC supply network If products without power switches are integrated into racks or systems a disconnecting device must be provided at the system level 5 Never use the product if the power cable is damaged Check the power cable on a regular basis to ensure that it is in proper operating condition By taking appropriate safety measures and carefully laying the power cable you can ensure that the cable will not be damaged and that no one can be hurt by for example tripping over the cable or suffering an electric shock 6 The product may be operated only from TN TT supply netwo
194. itions of the CONDition bit Example USTATSOURSSNTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 59 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 General Trace Commands TRACe lt 1 2 gt DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACES block numeric value This command transfers trace data from the control computer to the instrument the query reads trace data out of the instrument The associated measurement window is selected with the numeric suffix of TRACe lt 1 2 gt Example TRAC TRACE1 A AS data list in the current format VERAG S TRACE Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Return values The parameter of the query is the trace name TRACE1 to TRACES it indicates which trace memory will be read out The returned values are scaled in the current level unit In ASCII format a list of values separated by commas is returned Comma Separated Values CSV The number of measurement points is 501 for R amp S FSP 625 for R amp S FSU FSQ If the transmission takes place using the binary format REAL 32 the data are transferred in block format Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 They are arranged in succeeding lists of and Q data of 32 Bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers General structure of return string FSP 42004 lt meas value 1 gt lt meas value value2 gt lt meas value 501 gt FSU FSQ 42500 lt meas value 1 gt lt meas value value2 gt lt meas valu
195. ive Duration of measurement theoretical gt 20 sec number of bursts 200 x freq meas points 22 x frame period 4 6 ms Measurement 2 NO OF BURSTS 200 Frame pattern 10101010 1 slot active 0 slot inactive Duration of measurement theoretical gt 5 sec number of bursts 200 x freq meas points 22 x frame period 4 6 ms 4 Precondition The RF power trigger FSP or the IF power trigger FSU FSQ or an external slot trigger responding to active slots only must be set Settings Set the number of active slots to 1 by means of the MULTISLOT softkey 1141 1515 44 2 62 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts Sees A Default 0 dB EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey Fine tune level to within approx 3 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey the trigger offset is set automatically or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask Set trigger offset TRIGGER OFFSET softkey Position burst time exactly in mask Start reference measurement PREV hotkey START REF MEAS softkey Start measurement START LIST softkey 1141 1515 44 2 63 E Measurement of spectrum due to modulation Measurement GSM EDGE menu 1141 1515 44
196. l E aa Fe 2 0 VS OFF REL Fig 2 7 Ext Conf table for GSM 900 gt The settings in the first and third lines of this table can be described as global as these settings are identical for all standards e LongSlots Active same slot length e LongSlots slots with excess length e Just one frame YES NO In contrast all other settings for each selected standard are managed separately e Trigger reference e Midamble e Setting absolute levels e Selected absolute level specifications e Modulation and level for each slot IEC bus command CONF MS ECON STAN SEL DYNAMIC GSM900 GSM1800 GSM1900 2 46 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Extended slot configuration settings in detail Standard Selected controls some details about how the limit lines of the PvT measurement will be assembled The default MS BTS DYNAMIC setting uses a series of limit value lines either specified or pre defined by the user and dorresponds to the R amp S FS K5 s usual behavior In addition the MS GSM900 MS GSM1800 previously DCS1800 and MS GSM1900 previously PCS1900 GMS standards can be selected When one of the GSM standards is selected the limit value lines are internally calculated more specifically taking into account further user settings such as the power setting and the absolute level control level and absolute level see below for more details With the exception of the following two settings all furth
197. lable in GSM EDGE mode In GSM EDGE mode the display is always set to FULL SCREEN which corresponds to SCREEN A and thus to WINDow1 WINDow1 is automatically selected when the GSM EDGE mode is activated with command INSTrument SELect MGSM DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SPACing LiNear LOGarithmic Note This command is not available in GSW EDGE mode 1141 1515 44 3 20 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh Subsystem The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks like those provided by the GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 The FETCh subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure and READ subsystems where the measurement sequences are configured the measurements are started and their results are queried FETCh BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in GSM EDGE option R amp S FS K5 Analyzer mode which are performed on individual bursts without starting the measurement by themselves Phase Frequency Error PFE Modulation Accuracy MAC Power vs Time PVT COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT AVERage MAXimum QlMbalance AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimum MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage MAXimum QlMbalance AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimum OSUPpress AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum PERCentile AVERage MAXimum RMS
198. le PHASE NOISE menu Set reference level to current marker value REF Function not available Instead of showing the level Y axis LEVEL MKR LEVEL shows phase angle in DEG Quasipeak autopeak detectors Function not available DETECTOR AUTO PEAK DETECTOR QPk On screen presentation SPLIT SCREEN REF Function not available LEVEL COUPLED CENTER A MARKER B CENTER B MARKER A SCREEN B Time domain measurement determine Function not available Unit in DEG reference values SET REFERENCE Time domain measurement select power Function not available Unit in DEG measurement POWER ABS REL Time domain measurement set standard Function not available Unit in DEG deviation STANDARD DEVIATION Unit UNIT menu Function not available Create limit lines Function not available There are no limit lines with the DEG NEW LIMIT LINE unit 1141 1515 44 2 28 E N R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power Measurement of carrier power The purpose of measuring carrier power is to determine the output power of the mobile during the useful bits This measurement is intended for users whose signal does not have a midamble for time synchronization This measurement is performed in the time domain Zero Span at the set frequency Unlike power display in the PVT measurement mode the signal is not demodulated for this measurement This means that measurement in this mode is possible without a midamble There are two pre
199. level and the removed attenuation RF ATTEN 10 dB Increasing the measurement speed during remote control The following example shows a fast PVT measurement without using a pre measurement Start Ref Meas The signal level is determined during the measurement With this level the Limit Line reference level is adjusted after all measurements but before limit check 1141 1515 44 2 57 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 PVI without refmeas cnt0 cmda no PVT reference measurement because Limit Line Y Offset calculated alone the reference level is correctly set due to the power control level J Complete time wrth display off 125s Select PVT MEAS gt switch to single sweep automatically Assumes following settings before script INST SEL MGSM CONFIGURE BURST PTEMPLATE SENSE1 SWEEP COUNT 0 Mid channel PLO FREQ CENTER LeOGHZ DLSPZNINDETRACS Y SCALERLEVEL 3 DBM INPUTI ATTENUATION 15 no ref meas READ BURST PTEMPLATE REFERENCE INIT WAI read out value of mean power SCADLCULATRISMABRERISFUNCTIONSSUMMARY MEANTRBEOULNT2 the limit values are relative to the reference level JIgGsLloubatecthe y Limit offset so that the lines correspond with the current measured mean power YOffVal MeanResult RefLevel Use the calculated new YOffVal X ECALCULATELSEIMITSUDPPERFORFSET YXOffVal SCALCULATEI LIMIT UPPER IOFESET 20 5 Example CALCULATELSELIMILTLSPALL CALCULATEL
200. lue SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement OWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQIM AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 24 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh BURSt MACCuracy lQlMbalance MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST
201. lution bandwidth but note that this bandwidth is reset to 30 kHz when you press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey Measurement is performed in the time domain with the MAX PEAK detector The video signal digitized on the intermediate frequency and filtered with a bandwidth of 30 kHz and bandwidth limited by the video filter is measured by the max peak detector during the selected time The time depends on the number of averages required SWEEP COUNT number of TDMA bursts to be averaged While measurement is in progress the measured values at the various frequency offsets are displayed briefly in the measurement diagram The curve reflects progress through the measurement procedure see Figure 2 16 In the GSM standards the mobile s power class is the decisive factor for selecting the right limit line Consequently the limit lines specified here are definitive When the measuring sequence is completed the results are displayed in list form see Figure 2 17 The values marked with an x violate the margin The values marked with an asterisk violate the limit value IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONE SPECESWIT IMM SWE COUN 20 READ SPEC SWIT IMM Transient Spectrum FEH 3 kHz UBM 188 kHz FRAT bs Ref 1 9 dBi Att 15 dB ST 2 5 3 SHEEP a SGL LIST RESULTS 1 Pk CLRHR EBENE ABORTO Center 1 GHz EY E Figure 2 16 Time domain measurement in progress 1141 1515 44 2 80 E N R amp S FS K
202. m OSUPpress AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum PERCentile AVERage MAXimum RMS AVERage MAXimum PERRor RMS AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum PTEMplate REFerence ECONfigure IMMediate IMMediate TRGS AVERage MAXimum MINimum REFerence IMMediate 1141 1515 44 3 38 query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ BURSt FERRor AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the measurement of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example
203. measurement Depending on the result of this reference measurement the spectrum analyzer selects the correct reference value for the user selected limit values for the spectrum due to modulation The R amp S FS K5 offers two different ways of measuring the spectrum due to modulation e General measurement across the frequency range the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey with display of the spectrum and e Measurement of the spectrum due to modulation in the time domain with discrete frequencies 100 200 250 kHz n x 200 kHz 2 x n lt 38 from the carrier frequency and output of the measured values in a list the START LIST softkey The time reference for measurement is provided by the set trigger offset Starting at this time the spectrum between 50 and 90 of the active burst is measured gating It is therefore important to ensure that trigger timing is set correctly in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu as otherwise the spectrum due to modulation cannot be measured correctly A correct reference level is important for optimum dynamic range of the spectrum analyzer Requirements for the measuring signal At least one GSM timeslot must be switched on for the signal to be measured Multislot Measurements If several slots are active multislot measurement two methods are available 1 Measurement of one slot selectable from the active slots 2 Measurement of several active slots and output of combined result The second method yields a cons
204. medio de transporte o elevaci n utilizado Si se utiliza el producto dentro de un veh culo recae de manera exclusiva en el conductor la responsabilidad de conducir el veh culo de manera segura y adecuada El fabricante no asumir ninguna responsabilidad por accidentes o colisiones No utilice nunca el producto dentro de un veh culo en movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al conductor Asegure el producto dentro del veh culo debidamente para evitar en caso de un accidente lesiones u otra clase de da os Eliminaci n 1 Si se trabaja de manera mec nica y o t rmica cualquier producto o componente m s all del funcionamiento previsto pueden liberarse sustancias peligrosas polvos con contenido de metales pesados como p ej plomo berilio o n quel Por eso el producto solo debe ser desmontado por personal especializado con formaci n adecuada Un desmontaje inadecuado puede ocasionar da os para la salud Se deben tener en cuenta las directivas nacionales referentes a la eliminaci n de residuos En caso de que durante el trato del producto se formen sustancias peligrosas o combustibles que deban tratarse como residuos especiales p ej refrigerantes o aceites de motor con intervalos de cambio definidos deben tenerse en cuenta las indicaciones de seguridad del fabricante de dichas sustancias y las normas regionales de eliminaci n de residuos Tenga en cuenta tambi n en caso necesario las indicaciones de seguridad especiales conten
205. ment NOISE MEAS Function not available Measurement of phase noise Function not available PHASE NOISE menu Trigger offset TRIGGER OFFSET Function not available Although it can be set in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu this parameter has on effect in this mode of measurement 1141 1515 44 2 60 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation Measurement of spectrum due to modulation In order not to influence the transmission quality of the adjacent channels it is important to ensure that the power of the GSM transmit signal in the adjacent channels does not exceed the limits set down in the GSM standards On account of the TDMA structure of the GSM signal a distinction has to be drawn between the spectrum due to modulation and the spectrum due to switching of the TDMA bursts Measurement of the spectrum due to modulation determines power outside the transmission channel due to the GMSK modulation procedure used and the noise In accordance with the GSM standard the spectrum due to modulation is measured in the range between 50 and 90 of the active TDMA bursts This ensures that the influence of the burst edges is excluded Defined limit values apply these values depend on the transmit power of the transmitter and the offset from the nominal channel frequency These limit values with the exception of the absolute lower limits are relative to the power measured at 30 kHz RBW This power has to be ascertained by reference
206. meters cannot be set in the Analyzer mode of the spectrum analyzer BURST FIND e Default Single slot used GMSK or 8PSK EL Multi Slot 1 2 3 4 or 8 Slots active SET USER MIDAMBLE EXT CONF l MULTISLOT Dom orr same signal power and modulation or each slot AUTO EXTCONE e Extended Slot Configuration LEVEL amp TIME TABLE 1 or more slots active different signal power and or modulation for each slot POINT SYMB 8 The following chapter describes the extended slot configuration mode MODULATION GSM Ence MULTI BURST FIND CARRIER THRESHOLD Press the SELECT MIDAMBLE softkey to open a picklist for selecting the midamble Use this softkey to specify the midamble to be used for GSM EDGE measurements with demodulation PFE and PVT The user has a choice of 8 GSM or EDGE standard training sequences or an user defined training sequence TSC_USER in normal mode MIDAMBLE Normal Mode H Access Burst Mode TSC bit pattern for GMSK NAME PATTERN Bit no 61 86 HexCode TSC U 00 1001 0111 900 1000 TOOL OLLI x0970897 DoD 1 00 1011 0111 0111 1000 1011 0111 x0b778b7 ToC 4 Ol 0000 211 1110 1001 0000 LITO x10ee90e IC 3 OL 0001 TIO 1101 0001 DOUI 1110 xlledlle TSC 4 00 OITO 1011 TOOL 0000 0110 1011 x06b906b TOC 3 OI 0011 LOLO 110 000L DOLL 207 xl3aclsa TSG 6 10 1001 1111 0110 0010 1001 1111 x4 9T629T TSC 7 II 1011 T100 0100 791
207. n contacto con la piel ni los ojos Si se produce contacto lavar con agua abundante la zona afectada y avisar a un medico En caso de cambio o recarga inadecuados las celdas o baterias que contienen electrolitos alcalinos p ej las celdas de litio pueden explotar Para garantizar la seguridad del producto las celdas o baterias solo deben ser sustituidas por el tipo Rohde amp Schwarz correspondiente ver lista de recambios Las baterias y celdas deben reciclarse y no deben tirarse a la basura domestica Las baterias o acumuladores que contienen plomo mercurio o cadmio deben tratarse como residuos especiales Respete en esta relacion las normas nacionales de eliminacion y reciclaje Transporte 1 El producto puede tener un peso elevado Por eso es necesario desplazarlo o transportarlo con precauci n y si es necesario usando un sistema de elevaci n adecuado p ej una carretilla elevadora a fin de evitar lesiones en la espalda u otros da os personales Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el transporte del producto por personas Por eso no est permitido utilizar las asas para la sujeci n en o sobre medios de transporte como p ej gr as carretillas elevadoras de horquilla carros etc Es responsabilidad suya fijar los productos de manera segura a los medios de transporte o elevaci n Para evitar da os personales o da os en el producto siga las instrucciones de seguridad del fabricante del
208. n the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey is pressed The parameter settings can be changed They are not reset until you exit MOD measurement by starting another measurement or exiting the GSM EDGE or press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey When you start list measurement START LIST or reference measurement START REF MEAS the parameter settings used are those currently valid The applicable limit values are referred to the signal s absolute level measured in a user definable bandwidth preset is 30 kHz This reference level is determined by reference measurement performed with START REF MEAS 2 64 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation The FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey starts continuous measurement of the spectrum due to modulation in the Continuous Sweep mode All the parameters used in MOD measurement are reset to their default values see above the MODULATION SPECTRUM softkey The spectrum analyzer displays the spectrum and a limit line with limits corresponding to the level determined beforehand in reference measurement of the DUT IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF SPEC MOD IMM SWE COUN 20 READ SPEC MOD REF IMM INIT IMM WAI Result queries CALC1 LIM1 NAME MODU G CALCITTIMIAEBATEh Note In remote control mode the user must assign the following name to the limit line before it is used CALCI LIM1 NAME MODU G or MODU E RBW 38 kHz UBH 38 kHz Ref 0 5 dem Att 18 dB
209. n this way the reference level is retained either until a preset is performed default reference level 20 dBm or until a new reference measurement is started If the reference level is too low i e Signal level of DUT REF LEVEL REF LEVEL OFFSET gt lower level limit 3 dB the following message is issued Signal power 0 35 dBm REF LEVEL too low INCREASE REF LEWEL to 2 65 dem 1141 1515 44 2 82 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Measurement of spectrum due to transients The Carrier Overload Bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set If the reference level is too high i e Signal level of DUT REF LEVEL REF LEVEL OFFSET upper level limit 3 dB the following message is issued REF LEVEL too high signal power 9 34 dBm DECREASE REF LEUEL to 6 34 dEm The No Carrier Bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set The lower level limit and upper level limit values are lower level limit 4dB for PEAK and 1dB for RMS reference measurement type upper level limit 5dB for PEAK and 5dB for RMS reference measurement type When the reference level is within the valid range the following message is issued REF MEAS okt Measured power 8 43 dBm The expected power of the DUT is 3 dB below the reference level If the settings are not compliant with the above there is a risk either of the analyzer being overloaded or of the maximum dynamic range not being utilized Press the SPECTRUM h
210. n todos los objetos que distribuye el grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz bajo la denominaci n de producto entre ellos tambi n aparatos instalaciones as como toda clase de accesorios S mbolos y definiciones de seguridad Aviso punto de peligro general Observar la documentaci n del producto Tensi n de alimentaci n de PUESTA EN MARCHA PARADA Atenci n en el manejo de dispositivos de peso elevado Peligro de choque el ctrico Corriente continua DC Indicaci n de estado de espera Standby 1171 0000 42 05 00 tencia superficie caliente Conexi n a tierra Conexi n a conductor de protecci n Corriente alterna Corriente AC continua Corriente alterna DC AC Conexi n a masa Aviso Cuidado en el manejo de dispositivos sensibles a la electrost tica ESD El aparato est protegido en su totalidad por un aislamiento doble reforzado Page 7 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Palabras de senal y su significado En la documentacion del producto se utilizan las siguientes palabras de senal con el fin de advertir contra riesgos y peligros PELIGRO identifica un peligro inminente con riesgo elevado que PELIGRO provocar muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita ADVERTENCIA identifica un posible peligro con riesgo medio de provocar muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita ATENCI N identifica un peligro con riesgo reducido de provocar lesion
211. n type GMSK lower limit line for Power versus Time measurement Modulation type EDGE multislot 3 active slots 3 2 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate MARKer COUNt Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt ON OFF Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt RESolution 0 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 Hz Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt FREQuency Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown numeric value Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown STATe ON OFF Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown RESult Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown FREQuency Note This command is not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE and PVT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe STATe ON OFF Note This command ts not available for GSM EDGE measurements MAC PFE
212. naconnconnnononnnonanononennnnnnnos 2 13 Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS sese 2 73 Additional TOP MA AU ON ais 2 74 Availability of Keys and Ssoflkevs sn ee rae lated Kent ib 2 76 Measurement of spectrum due to transients uu uus 20000 n0n0nn0nnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen 2 77 Requirements for the measuring signal 2u0220022n0nnnn nenne nenn nenne nnnn nenne nenne nenne nennen 2 177 Quickireference guide O 2 77 Measurement cpm 2 8 IKE SU WMS te OO atten teem Mor aL ea ee 2 84 Measuring with slow frequency DOPpiNQ occcocnccccncoccnccncncccononaconncnnnonononononanonnncnnnanonos 2 84 Increasing measurement speed ccccceccseccceeceeeceececeecaseeceeseeecseceeeeeseeauesueeseesees 2 84 Optimizing the Sweep Mes 2 85 Transducer factor Sii 2 85 Number of bursts to be measured gt NO OF BURSTS sese 2 85 Additional MO Malote dead 2 86 Availability of keys and softkeys cooocccocccocccococnccocncocnnonanonannnonnnnonononnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnarenaninnns 2 88 1141 1515 44 I 2 2 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Table of Contents Measurements Measurement of SDUFIOUS a De vane sanecanmseuecaawesansunecaenelanestanee 2 89 Requirements for the measuring signal coocccoconccocncccnnononcccannnonononanonanononnnonnononanenaninnns 2 89 Quick reference guilde sube udi born ai ale En ee 2 89 WIG AS ULC c nl T ce De etek cnn as 2
213. nce determined in this way the reference level is retained either until a preset is performed default reference level 20 dBm or until a new reference measurement is started IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF SPEC MOD IMM SWE COUN 20 READ SPEC MO REF IMM 2 68 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation If the reference level is too low i e Signal level of DUT REF LEVEL REF LEVEL OFFSET gt lower level limit 3 dB the following message is issued REF LEVEL too lon signal power 0 35 dBm INCREASE REF LEVEL to 2 865 dBEm The Carrier Overload Bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set If the reference level is too high i e Signal level of DUT REF LEVEL REF LEVEL OFFSET upper level limit 3 dB the following message is issued REF LEVEL too high signal power 9 34 dBm DECREASE REF LEVEL to 6 34 dem The No Carrier Bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set The lower level limit and upper level limit values depend on the selected bandwidth Level limit Y RBW lt 30 kHz 100 kHz gt 300 kHz Lower level limit 7 dB 5 dB 1 dB Upper level limit 13 dB 11 dB 5 dB Values between 30 kHz and 100 kHz and between 100 kHz and 300 kHz are mapped to near match values from the table When the reference level is within the valid range the following message is issued REF MEAS ok Measured power 8 43 dBm The expe
214. nd reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrumentto GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONEF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC FREQ AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC FREQ MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST va
215. ng Measurement with slow frequency hopping is possible under the following conditions only GSM Trigger Extern Trigger only when the burst is transmitted on the defined frequency GSM Trigger IF Power The IF trigger level is permanently set and cannot be changed This means that measurement with slow frequency hopping is very limited and is strictly dependent on the level to be measured 1141 1515 44 2 32 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power Measurement of individual power control levels and power classes The relationships between power control level and power class specified in the standards are listed in the tables below Table 2 2 Power classes Power P GSM 900 E P R DCS1800 DCS1800 PCS1900 Phase GSM900 Phase Phase Il Phase Il 43 dBm 30 dBm 30 dBm 30 dBm Caram s7asm_ 36dBm 3308m Pasaam 334m oo m m Table 2 3 Power control levels Power Control Power Level GSM900 GSM900 DCS1800 DCS1800 PCS1900 Phase Phase II II Phase Phase II II ETE a Y reses EE oom a L Lsdim 82m o ara 30dBm 30dbm 30dbm a 154m 2am 20m odem reserved reserved 15 Bam 308m oam 0dBm tei 114m 048m reserved avid i em reserved 38 74m em reserved 39 54m oam reserved Cas 08m reserved 20 51 sem IES 1141 1515 44 2 33
216. nt READOS PEG SWIT Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result PECs SPEC SWIT Queries the result without starting a new measurement Result 0 833 4E6 833 4E6 37 4 36 0 ABS MARGIN 1 094 0B 65034 0506 325 24790 0 ABS EATDLED 25 094 0865 934 0B86 774 S 7 1940 RE by REATIED Ur 0 9 DEDI Sy UE OT Oy 050 20 REB PASSED Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 35 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 INSTrument Subsystem The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed numbers The measurement windows are assigned to INSTrument1 screen A and INSTrument2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect SANalyzer MGSM Option R amp S FS K5 NSELect 115 Option R amp S FS K5 INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect SANalyzer MSGM Parameter SANalyzer Spectrum analyzer mode MGSM GSM EDGE analyzer for mobile and base station tests Example INST SAN Switches the instrument to spectrum analyzer mode Characteristics RST value SANalyzer SCPI conforming Changeover to MGSM is only possible with firmware application GSM EDGE R amp S FS K5 installed Notes on GSM EDGE mode After switchover to the GSM EDGE mode a measurement
217. nt number of bursts e g 200 The settings for NO OF BURSTS SWEEP COUNT apply to all measurements they are not measurement specific in other words You also have the option of using SINGLE or CONTINUOUS SWEEP MODE in the same way as in the Analyzer mode 1141 1515 44 2 13 E Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 Additional information The tables below show the default settings that apply after you press the FREQUENCY SWEEP or START LIST softkey FREQUENCY SWEEP measurement E CO CI MODE ETE fT isa EP OOOO SINGLE under remote control GATE DELAY 340 us is a value from GSM standard GSM TRIGGER Extern GSM external trigger offset 340 us 50 to 90 excluding midamble GSM TRIGGER IF Power GSM IF trigger offset see Figure 1 1 in Chapter 1 340 us TRACE mew 00 TRACE um T TRACE mk i S y o Limit Line MODU_G X relative to center frequency CF X values symmetrical with CF so no X offset see below Y relative to reference level Limit X OFFSET wooo T amp because symmetrical with GF Limit Y OFFSET Reference measurement result REF The limit lines are corrected with the LEVEL REF LEVEL OFFSET result of the reference measurement 1141 1515 44 2 74 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation LIST measurement E NEL NN SWEEP COUNT Taken from Frequency Sweep changed to 10 if O ew O re Tu ww seme TN m me AE TRIGGER OFFSET GSM Trigger
218. o GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement OWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC PEAK AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 26 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate INST MESM CONFSMEXP EDGEN CONF BURS MACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI IFETO BURG MACC PEAK MAX RST value SCPI Example Characteristics device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement Queries the result If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile AVERage
219. odulated signals is characterized by the following quantities e Error vector magnitude EVM The error vector magnitude is the magnitude of the error vector that links the measured and Q values at the complex level to the ideal and Q values at the decision points During the measurement the EVM of each of the 142 stipulated symbols of a normal burst is determined displayed and compared to the limit values according to GSM 05 05 and GSM 11 21 The RMS value and the peak EVM are evaluated e Origin offset suppression The origin offset suppression or the IQ offset is indicated as a measure of carrier Suppression According to the standard this value is given in dB This measurement is to verify that a defined minimum suppression is reached so the lowest suppression value measured is stored as HLD Min Hold value In addition the IQ offset is given in e 95 percentile The 95 th percentile is a statistical value describing EVM It expresses the value not attained in 95 or exceeded in 5 of all cases e Frequency error The frequency error is the difference between the measured frequencies from the expected frequencies The frequency error is computed from the phase of the symbols in accordance with the standards this frequency error is also displayed In addition the IQ imbalance is given in For multislot measurements more than one slot active use the MULTISLOT softkey to set SYNC TO SLOT to the slot to which synchronization
220. ofile in the GSM specs The level zero is defined by the mean power of the slot and is identical to the OdB point in the GSM specs for the power profile The limit line is defined relative to this zero level Depending on the modulation type two variants of limit lines will be used either GMSK or 8PSK profile When using the extended slot configuration the OdB line varies from slot to slot Therefore the lines have to be calculated for each slot individually in order to meet the PASSED condition In addition for the transition region between two active slots a special rule has to be applied for the upper limit line This rule guarantees the unproblematic adjustment of two adjacent lines and is not described in any more detail here for details see GSM standards Depending on the configured settings the calculation of lines will work as explained below Relative Lines For relative lines the result of the pre measurement will be taken as usual The specified offset is added to the lines before they are merged into the resulting line As a result the relative lines will relate to the pre measurement value plus the offset as specified in the configuration data The same algorithm is used for relative lines which relate to another specific slot In addition to the offset specified in the configuration data the difference between the level values of the reference slot and the slot to be calculated are determined together with the speci
221. omain measurement determine Function not available Unit in DEG reference values SET REFERENCE Time domain measurement select power Function not available Unit in DEG measurement POWER ABS REL Time domain measurement set standard Function not available Unit in DEG deviation STANDARD DEVIATION Unit UNIT menu Function not available Create limit lines Function not available There are no limit lines with the DEG NEW LIMIT LINE unit 1141 1515 44 2 22 E N R amp S FS K5 Measurement of phase and frequency error Measurement of phase and frequency error This measurement is used to determine the accuracy of the phase of each of the 147 useful bits and show the RMS phase error across the useful bits and the maximum phase error in accordance with GSM 05 05 and GSM 11 10 for modulation type GMSK The frequency error is computed from the phase of the symbols in accordance with the standards this frequency error is also displayed In addition the IQ imbalance and IQ offset are given in For multislot measurements more than one slot active use the MULTISLOT softkey to set SYNC TO SLOT to the slot to which synchronization is to be made This slot then serves as a time reference for the other active slots for example if two active slots are to be synchronized to the second slot set SYNC TO SLOT 2 Requirements for the measuring signal e Atleast one slot must be active and isolated because this is the only way of
222. on the measurement selected is to ascertain the current signal level as a reference for the subsequent main measurement This applies to all relative measurements PVT and MOD that require a reference value A warning and the reference level to be set for a correctly adjusted measurement is issued at the end of the main measurement if the measured signal level is below a minimum value or above a maximum value Reference measurement is not automatic it must be started manually START REF MEAS 1141 1515 44 1 7 E 6 Firmware application FS K5 FS K5 Aborting a measurement In manual mode you can always abort a measurement in progress You can do so either by pressing the softkey with which you start the measurement or in a special dialog box where you are prompted for confirmation of your intention To start another measurement you always have to abort the measurement in progress Aborts take place without further warning In remote control mode the ABORt command can be sent to stop a measurement in progress see the manual on IEC IEEE bus control Results of measurements Table 1 3 Results of measurements Jam Tamm Te Tem Phase error peak and RMS None None X frequency error in Hz Phase error IQ offset and IQ imbalance in X AC EVM Peak and RMS None None Origin Offset Suppression EVM per symbol 95 th percentile frequency error in Hz IQ offset and IQ imbalance in PASSED MARGIN FAILED Uppe
223. ons due to modulation and switching spectrum due to modulation MOD spectrum due to transients TRA COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT CONFigure Option R amp S FS K5 SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate no query LIST AVERage TYPE LINear LOGarithmic SWITching MMediate LIMit ABSolute RELative TYPE PEAK RMS no query CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate This command selects measurement of the spectrum due to modulation MOD The overview measurement in the frequency domain is directly started with command INITate IMMediate the list measurement in the time domain with command READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM owitches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement SWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the overview measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation LIST AVERage TYPE LiNear LOGarithmic This command toggles between linear and logarithmic default averaging in the modulation spectrum list measurement In LIN mode voltages are averaged In LOG mode levels Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE
224. or CPW MOD TRA and SPU general and list measurements They are set stored and modified in the SETUP menu using the TRANSDUCER softkey 1141 1515 44 2 91 E Measurement of spurious R amp S FS K5 Additional information Parameter Sat MODE Frequency sweep SWEEP MODE START FREQ TRACE 3 DETECTOR 3 Limit Checks Limit X OFFSET Limit Y OFFSET 1141 1515 44 CONT under local control SINGLE under remote control In other words the center frequency is changed with this SPU measurement setting Minimum of 12 75 GHz and the max stop frequency of the analyzer 1 MHz 3 MHz 5 s 3 97 GHz SPAN 100 Preset value Free Run MAX HOLD MAX PEAK BLANK BLANK SPUU G X abs frequency so X offset has no effect Y abs level so Y offset has no effect OFF No effect because X absolute No effect because Y absolute 2 92 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spurious Availability of keys and softkeys FFT FET fiter FILTER TYPE FF FET fiter FILTER TYPE FF TYPE FFT Function not availabe Function not availabe available Amplitude distribution SIGNAL STATISTICS Function not available MEM Channel and adjacent channel power Function not available measurements CHAN POWER ACP Measurement of occupied bandwidth Function not available OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH Trigger VIDEO IF POWER EXTERN FREE Function not available The GSM trigger settings are used RUN RF POWER Gated sweep mode Function not av
225. or accidents or collisions Never use the product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle Adequately secure the product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or other damage in the event of an accident Waste disposal 1 If products or their components are mechanically and or thermally processed in a manner that goes beyond their intended use hazardous substances heavy metal dust such as lead beryllium nickel may be released For this reason the product may only be disassembled by specially trained personnel Improper disassembly may be hazardous to your health National waste disposal regulations must be observed 2 If handling the product releases hazardous substances or fuels that must be disposed of in a special way e g coolants or engine oils that must be replenished regularly the safety instructions of the manufacturer of the hazardous substances or fuels and the applicable regional waste disposal regulations must be observed Also observe the relevant safety instructions in the product documentation The improper disposal of hazardous substances or fuels can cause health problems and lead to environmental damage Informaciones elementales de seguridad Es imprescindible leer y observar las siguientes instrucciones e informaciones de seguridad El principio del grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz consiste en tener nuestros productos siempre al dia con los estandares de seguridad y de ofrecer a nuest
226. or each individual slot In addition the PvT Power vs Time limit lines are calculated either with a fixed limit line template relative to the mean signal power or take into account some exceptions described in the GSM standards Of course the user should obey a few rules when setting up the configuration in order to achieve reasonable measurement results These rules will be explained in detail in the following sections Extended Slot Configuration Mode Configuration Settings Apart from the on off switch two controls are provided for setting the Extended Slot Configuration The STANDARD DYNAMIC softkey opens a selection table by means of which the default can be selected in accordance with which the limit lines should be calculated 1141 1515 44 2 45 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Fig 2 2 6 Default selection For every single standard and also for the generic dynamic case already familiar from the K5 a set of setting parameters are kept ready which can be accessed in table form via the EXT CONF TABLE softkey EXTENDED SLOT CONFIGURATION LONG SLOTS ACTIVE NO LONG SLOTS 3 7 TRIGGER REFERENCE 8 REF MIDAMBLE TSC A ONLY ONE FRAME ND ABSOLUTE LEVEL ND PREC ACTIVE U 36 8 LIMIT BASE VALUE 54 8 LIMIT STEP VAL 47 8 SLOT MOD LEUEL LIMIT LINE NO REF VALUE CTRLUL LOWER UPPER a SERE 2 0 2 CEE REL BB ba Zee m a i a isis s S a lae RE SIR fcx Ex 0er REI aa V S
227. or the measuring signal e Atleast one slot must be active and isolated because this is the only way of reliably detecting a burst irrespective of edge steepness e Sync sequence must be present in the timeslot to which synchronization is to be made Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts SS ae eee Set frequency FREQ key Start application GSM DEGE hotkey Select GSM trigger GENERAL SETTINGS softkey TRIGGER EXTERN or TRIGGER IF POWER softkey Fine tune level to within approx 3 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in horizontal limit value lines Enter external attenuation EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey Default 0 dB Set midamble DEMOD SETTINGS softkey Default TSCO SELECT MIDAMBLE softkey Start measurement PREV hotkey POWER VS TIME softkey Start reference measurement START REF MEAS softkey 1141 1515 44 2 36 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement GSM EDGE menu STANDARD DYNAMIC RISING EDGE FALLING EDGE TOP HIGH RESOL FALL RISE ZOOM EXT CONF ON TIME MEAS HIGH RESOL EXT CONF TABLE FILTER 500K SOUKE START REF MEAS
228. ors max operating altitude 2000 m above sea level max transport altitude 4500 m above sea level A tolerance of 10 shall apply to the nominal voltage and 5 to the nominal frequency N Do not place the product on surfaces vehicles cabinets or tables that for reasons of weight or stability are unsuitable for this purpose Always follow the manufacturer s installation instructions when installing the product and fastening it to objects or structures e g walls and shelves An installation that is not carried out as described in the product documentation could result in personal injury or death d Do not place the product on heat generating devices such as radiators or fan heaters The ambient temperature must not exceed the maximum temperature specified in the product documentation or in the data sheet Product overheating can cause electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 2 Basic Safety Instructions Electrical safety If the information on electrical safety is not observed either at all to the extent necessary electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death may occur 1 Prior to switching on the product always ensure that the nominal voltage setting on the product matches the nominal voltage of the AC supply network If a different voltage is to be set the power fuse of the product may have to be changed accordingly 2 Inthe case of products of safety class w
229. ot assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement OWESCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PERC MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy RMS AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the an
230. otkey to launch the Analyzer mode The following settings are changed automatically all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Trigger offset OFF Trigger GSM trigger IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SAN 2 83 E Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Test hints Measuring with slow frequency hopping Bear the following in mind when the DUT is operating in slow frequency hopping mode e The default sweep time ensures that at least one frame is recorded for each pixel of the screen This sweep time must be increased by a factor of three if the hopping period is three frames BMT Increasing measurement speed In manaual control the measurement speed is considerably increased by using the two methods described for the MOD measurement In remote control the measurement speed is considerably increased by using the SENSe MPOWer subsystem The commands of this subsystem are used for measuring the power at a list of frequency points with different device settings The measurement is always performed in the time domain span 0 Hz A new trigger event is required for each test point exception Trigger FREE RUN The results are output as a list in the order of the entered frequency points The number of results per test point depends on the number of concurrently active measurements peak RMS average Selection of concurrently active measurements and setting of parameters that are constant for the whol
231. pena SWEEP START LIST LIST RESULTS PAGE UP PAGE DOWN LIST AVG LOG LIN START REF MEAS AUTO LEVEL amp TIME R amp S FS K5 The MODULATION SPECTRUM softkey calls the submenu for measuring the spectrum due to modulation In the default setting the spectrum analyzer measures the spectrum due to modulation in the frequency domain FREQUENCY SWEEP Alternatively and in accordance with the standard START LIST can be used to measure in the time domain In this mode the spectrum analyzer measures the spectrum due to modulation in the time domain at the frequency offsets required by the GSM standard in the spectral range from max ARFCN 7 6 MHz and presents the results in list form You can use LIST RESULTS at any time to view the last measurement in the time domain If the list is too long to fit onto one screen page you can use PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN to scroll through the list When the MODULATION SPECTRUM menu is opened for the first time the parameters are set in accordance with the GSM standards see Additional information for other settings Span 3 6 MHz Resolution bandwidth30 kHz Video bandwidth 30 kHz Detector trace Average log average Sweep time 75 ms Sweep count 0 floating trace averaging oweep gated 50 to 90 of the burst Main PLL mode narrow is only valid for R amp S FSU R amp S FSQ The settings correspond to those made whe
232. per symbol 1176 results In error vector magnitude MAC measurement the number of results depends on the points per symbol rate from command CONF CHAN PRAT 4 points per symbol 568 results 8 points per Symbol 1136 results The other GSM measurements traces are of the length as in standard SPECTRUM mode This is also valid for the PVT measurement in FALLING RISING and FALL RISE ZOOM mode TRACe IQ Subsystem Note The commands of this subsystem are not available in GSM EDGE mode 1141 1515 44 3 61 E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 TRIGger Subsystem Notes When entering the option GSM EDGE Analyzer with INST SEL MGSM the following GSM Trigger selection is made If the Analyzer trigger source is IF POWER trigger the GSM trigger IF POWER is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is Extern trigger the GSM trigger Extern is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is RF POWER trigger the GSM trigger RF POWER is selected Otherwise the default GSM Trigger IF POWER is selected When switching from GSM EDGE mode to Analyzer mode the GSM EDGE trigger setting is maintained i e IF power if IF Power was set before RF power if RF Power was set before and external trigger if Extern was set before COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo IFPower SYNChronize Option R amp S FS K5 ADJust EXTernal numeric valu
233. r amp lower limit lines None X Carrier power PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper amp lower limit lines None X Carrier Power Carrier power Time Trig to Sync Start MOD PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper limit line X Frequency sweep requency sweep F MOD PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper limit line One level value Compressed List and one limit value frequency sweep per frequency value while measurement is in progress TRA PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper limit line X Frequency sweep TRA PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper limit line One level value Compressed List and one limit value frequency sweep per frequency value while measurement is in progress SPU PASSED MARGIN FAILED Upper limit line X Frequency sweep Each measured value is assigned to one of the following quality classes PFE M CPW PVT e PASSED Best quality level Measured values inside the tolerance window e MARGIN Values inside the limit but above the tolerance margin MARGIN user definable e FAILED poorest quality level Values outside limit Overall assessment of the measurement is shown along with the assessments of the individual measured values The worst evaluation is dominant 1141 1515 44 1 8 E 6 FS K5 Firmware application FS K5 Exiting the application You exit the FS K5 application by pressing a hotkey to call another operating mode for example by pressing the SPECTRUM hotkey to call the ANALYZER mode The GSM EDGE mode is no longer active t
234. r by a free running trigger PFE PVT TRA SPU see Chapter 1 Trigger options When the RF Power trigger is used triggering is by signals in a bandwidth of approx 40 MHz around the center frequency where they exceed an adjustable level value To this end the spectrum analyzer employs a level detector on the second intermediate frequency This threshold can be adjusted and is preset to approx 40 dBm of the level at the input connector for detailed description see manual of basic instrument The bandwidth on the intermediate frequency is 80 MHz Triggering occurs when the trigger threshold is exceeded within 80 MHz of the defined frequency start frequency in frequency sweep Note In remote control mode the GSM trigger offset has to be entered at the same time as the GSM trigger is selected IEC IEEE bus command TRIG SYNC ADJ RFP 460us to 8s Press the NO OF BURSTS softkey to activate input of the number of bursts to be taken into account in calculation The effect of the softkey is the same as that of the SWEEP COUNT softkey in the SWEEP menu of the spectrum analyzer in the Analyzer mode IEC IEEE bus command SENS SWEep COUNt 0 to 32767 2 7 E Selecting default settings R amp S FS K5 Menu GENERAL SETTINGS NEXT Press the F RF PWR AS IQ TRIG softkey in order to force the IF power or with FSP B6 RF power trigger If the trigger source is set to IF or RF power and an IQ measurement like PFE MAC or PVT is
235. r display Note With AUTO PEAK detector only positive peak values can be read out Trace data can be written into the instrument with logarithmic display only in dBm with linear display only in volts FORMAT REAL 32 is to be used as format for binary transmission GSM EDGE Analyzer In power vs time PVT measurement in the FULL BURST or TOP HIGH RESOL mode the number of results depends on the number of active slots from the multislot command CONF CHAN SLOT MULT and it depends also on the points per symbol rate from command CONF CHAN PRAT 1 active slot 2 active slots 3 active slots 4 active slots 8 active slots 4 points per symbol 868 results 1492 results 2116 results 2 40 results 5240 results 8 points per symbol 1736 results 2984 results 4232 results 5480 results 10480 results With firmware version V2 60 3 60 the precision of the multislot samples and limit checking is enhanced Therfore the amount of samples for a PVT trace has changed as follows 1 active slot 2 active slots 3 active slots 4 active slots 8 active slots 868 results unchainged 1492 results unchainged 2120 results 2 44 results 5244 results 1736 results unchainged 2984 results unchainged 4240 results 5488 results 10488 results In phase frequency error PFE measurement the number of results depends on the points per symbol rate from command CONF CHAN PRAT 4 points per symbol 588 results 8 points
236. r reference This command sets the multi carrier mode to ON or OFF Example INST MGSM CONF MCAR ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 12 Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Switches on the multi carrier mode E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands CONFigure MS MTYPe GMSK EDGE This command selects modulation type GMSK or EDGE A running GSM measurement is aborted when the modulation type is changed It has to be explicitly selected again by using one of the CONFigure commands INST MGSM CONF MTY P EDGE CONT BURS MACCOT TONE COUN ZI INIT IMM WAI RST value GMSK SCPI device specific Example Characteristics CONFigure MS PRATe 4 8 Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement This command defines the number of measurement points per symbol rate of points per symbols INST MGSM CONE PRAT 9 RST value 4 SCPI device specific GSM EDGE Example Characteristics Mode CONFigure MS RESTore Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Defines the points per symbol rate to 8 This command restores the GSM EDGE limit lines Any modifications made to the GSM EDGE limit lines are lost and the status upon delivery is restored This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 E
237. rection value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM EDGE Analyzer application firmware R amp S FS K5 is installed and if the option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger is available 1141 1515 44 3 63 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode TRIG SYNC ADJ RFP 20us Selects RF Power GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 20 us between the RF power trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode GSM EDGE UNIT Subsystem UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere V A W Note This command ts not available in GSM EDGE mode In GSWEDGE mode the unit is fixed i e dBm for power measurements or deg for phase error measurements 1141 1515 44 3 64 E R amp S FS K5 Softkeys Command Table of Softkeys and Hotkeys with IEC IEEE Bus Command Assignment Hotkey GSM EDGE GSM EDGE GENERAL SETTINGS DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel 130dBm to 30dBm REF LEVEL EXTERNAL DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet lt num value gt READ AUTO LEVTime LE
238. reliably detecting a burst irrespective of edge steepness this applies only if multislot is off i e active slots sync to slot 1 e Sync sequence must be present in the timeslot to be measured Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts sets rman Set frequency FREQ key Start application GSM EDGE hotkey Select GSM trigger TRIGGER EXTERN or IF POWER softkey Default IF Power Fine tune level to within approx 3 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey the trigger offset is set automatically or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask Set midamble DEMOD SETTINGS softkey Default TSCO SELECT MIDAMBLE softkey Start measurement PREV hotkey PHASE FREQ ERROR softkey 1141 1515 44 2 23 E Measurement of phase and frequency error R amp S FS K5 Measurement GSM EDGE menu The PHASE FREQ ERROR softkey starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error in accordance with the standard see Figure 2 5 The overview of the numeric modulation errors is shown on the screen The error is calculated over the 147 useful bits The amount of the phase error for each of the 147 symbols is calculated The following values are then calculated and displayed PEAK HLD Peak value of the magnitude of the phase er
239. rement The times and names displayed for the limit lines refer to GSM and single slot measurements E E CS MODE IQ mode R amp S FS K5 specific internal mode for demodulation SWEEP MODE CONT under local control SINGLE under remote control RBW analog prefilter with 10 MHz 600 kHz filter REF LEVEL POSITION Level overshoots visible at 90 Symbol rate 270 833 kbit s 0 Sampling Length 1600 oversampling Number of samples symbols oversampling N N for GSM measurements PVT Result Length Number of symbols shown FULL BURST amp TOP HIGH RES 217 RISING EDGE 126 FALLING EDGE 126 PVT Sync Mid Offset Offset in symbols of the midamble from the FULL BURST 8 TOP HIGH RES 0 center of the screen Positive means that the RISING EDGE 93 midamble is offset to the right of center FALLING EDGE Explanation To put rising on symbol 82 93 82 0 5 Result Length symbols between edge and midamble 82 0 5 126 0 5 148 To put falling on symbol 44 0 5 126 44 0 5 148 55 Y axis pitch Trace shows level versus time FULL amp RISING amp FALLING LOG_100DB TOP HIGH RESOL LOG_10DB mae E DETECTOR E ems S ECT ETT A De waes an SS DETECTOR MNPEA meine eua mens CO A CT em A mees a S Limit X Offset Limit line is centered on midamble FULL BURST 8 TOP HIGH RES 400 625us RISING EDGE 576 00us FALLING EDGE 110 75us Limit Y Offset Signal power measured in reference Reference m
240. requency channel is identified by its center frequency and a number known as the ARFCN which is a non band specific identifier ARFCN absolute radio frequency channel number A bandwidth of 200 kHz is defined for each frequency channel Communication between a mobile and the base station can be either frequency continuous or frequency discrete distributed across various frequency channels FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access In the standards the abbreviation SFH slow frequency hopping is used to designate this mode of communication 1141 1515 44 1 1 E 6 A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE FS K5 Mobiles transmitting simultaneously on different frequencies FDMA Mobile 1 Mobile 2 Frequency a A 5 ARFCN 2 O A 7 Aa a A L FRAME 1 FRAME 8 slots Time Mobiles transmitting on the same frequency at different times TDMA Frequency Mobile 1 SFH OFF 5 vr 2 O A ARFCN 1 l l l l L gt SLOT FRAME Time Mobile 1 transmitting on same frequency mobile 2 transmitting on different frequencies Mobile 1 SFH OFF ARFCN 3 SLOT FRAME Power Time Figure 1 1 Data transmission in GSM network T amp FDMA communication 1141 1515 44 1 2 E 6 FS K5 A brief explanation of GSM GMSK and EDGE Base station and mobile communicate in different frequency ranges The mobile sends in the uplink and the base station in the downlink The frequencies
241. rkplaces where there is a special risk of exposure to radiation and if necessary take measures to avert the potential danger Should a fire occur the product may release hazardous substances gases fluids etc that can cause health problems Therefore suitable measures must be taken e g protective masks and protective clothing must be worn If a laser product e g a CD DVD drive is integrated into a Rohde amp Schwarz product absolutely no other settings or functions may be used as described in the product documentation The objective is to prevent personal injury e g due to laser beams 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 4 Basic Safety Instructions Repair and service 1 The product may be opened only by authorized specially trained personnel Before any work is performed on the product or before the product is opened it must be disconnected from the AC supply network Otherwise personnel will be exposed to the risk of an electric shock Adjustments replacement of parts maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical experts authorized by Rohde amp Schwarz Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety e g power switches power transformers fuses A safety test must always be performed after parts relevant to safety have been replaced visual inspection PE conductor test insulation resistance measurement leakage current measurement functional test This helps ensure the continued saf
242. rks fused with max 16 A higher fuse only after consulting with the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies 7 Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the socket Otherwise sparks that result in fire and or injuries may occur 8 Do not overload any sockets extension cords or connector strips doing so can cause fire or electric shocks 9 For measurements in circuits with voltages Vims gt 30 V suitable measures e g appropriate measuring equipment fusing current limiting electrical separation insulation should be taken to avoid any hazards 10 Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment e g PCs or other industrial computers comply with the IEC60950 1 EN60950 1 or IEC61010 1 EN 61010 1 standards that apply in each case 11 Unless expressly permitted never remove the cover or any part of the housing while the product is in operation Doing so will expose circuits and components and can lead to injuries fire or damage to the product 12 If a product is to be permanently installed the connection between the PE terminal on site and the product s PE conductor must be made first before any other connection is made The product may be installed and connected only by a licensed electrician 13 For permanently installed equipment without built in fuses circuit breakers or similar protective devices the supply circuit must be fused
243. ror calculated over 147 useful bits NO OF BURSTS PEAK AVG Average of the peak value of the phase error per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS RMS HLD Maximum value of the RMS phase error calculated over 147 useful bits NO OF BURSTS RMS AVG Average of the RMS value of the phase error per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS FREQ HLD Peak value of the magnitude of the frequency error calculated over 147 useful bits NO OF BURSTS FREQ AVG Average of the frequency error calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS IQOF HLD Peak value of IQ offset calculated over 147 bits NO OF BURSTS IQOF AVG Average of the maximum IQ offset per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS IQIM HLD Peak value of IQ imbalance calculated over 147 bits NO OF BURSTS IQIM AVG Average of the maximum IQ imbalance per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS These readings can be switched on and off in MEAS TIME DOM POWER The phase error versus time within the 147 useful bits of the normal burst is shown in the measuring window Three traces are displayed simultaneously Trace No 1 Clear Write Trace No 2 Max Hold Trace No 3 Min Hold The midamble selected in DEMOD SETTINGS SELECT MIDAMBLE is used for synchronization IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER IMM
244. ros clientes el maximo grado de seguridad Nuestros productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados segun las normas de seguridad vigentes Nuestro sistema de garantia de calidad controla constantemente que sean cumplidas estas normas El presente producto ha sido fabricado y examinado segun el certificado de conformidad adjunto de la UE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable segun los est ndares t cnicos de seguridad Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un funcionamiento libre de peligros el usuario deber atenerse a todas las indicaciones informaciones de seguridad y notas de alerta El grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz est siempre a su disposici n en caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a estas informaciones de seguridad Adem s queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida Este producto est destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o si ha sido expresamente autorizado para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deber ser utilizado de modo que alguna persona cosa pueda sufrir dario El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o sin tener en cuenta las instrucciones del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario El fabricante no se hace en ninguna forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del mal uso del producto 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 6 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Se parte del uso correcto
245. s When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQIM MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 40 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ BURSt IQOFfset AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only
246. s equal to the value of lt Freq1 gt if either the measurement is performed in the time domain or the partial result string contains a limit excess lt Level gt Measured maximum level of the partial range or measured level at the test point lt Limit gt Limit in the partial range or at the test point lt Abs Rel gt ABS lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in absolute units dBm REL lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in relative units dB lt Status gt Result of the limit check in character data form PASSED no limit exceeded FAILED limit exceeded MARGIN margin exceeded EXC limited excess characterized as an exception The frequencies lt Freq1 gt and lt Freq2 gt are always absolute and not referred to the carrier frequency An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 option and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation 1141 1515 44 3 53 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result READ SPEC MOD Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result Result 0 890E6 915E6 87 4 108 0 ABS FAILED pole Oy OI 5o 09 pe 10 3 04 ABS FALLE Dy 2 8992 1505 895 THO 67 lt 4 106 20 ABS
247. s productos Rohde amp Schwarz v lido lo que sigue como posici n de funcionamiento se define por principio la posici n con el suelo de la caja para abajo modo de protecci n IP 2X grado de suciedad 2 categor a de sobrecarga el ctrica 2 uso solamente en estancias interiores utilizaci n hasta 2000 m sobre el nivel del mar transporte hasta 4500 m sobre el nivel del mar Se aplicar una tolerancia de 10 sobre el voltaje nominal y de 5 sobre la frecuencia nominal N No situe el producto encima de superficies veh culos estantes o mesas que por sus caracter sticas de peso o de estabilidad no sean aptos para l Siga siempre las instrucciones de instalaci n del fabricante cuando instale y asegure el producto en objetos o estructuras p ej paredes y estantes Si se realiza la instalaci n de modo distinto al indicado en la documentaci n del producto pueden causarse lesiones o incluso la muerte ad No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que generen calor p ej radiadores o calefactores La temperatura ambiente no debe superar la temperatura maxima especificada en la documentacion del producto o en la hoja de datos En caso de sobrecalentamiento del producto pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 8 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Seguridad el ctrica Si no se siguen o se siguen de modo insuficiente las indicaciones del f
248. s subsystem contains commands for starting automatic measurement routines for the GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 The analyzer will automatically being adjusted to the input signal COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT READ Option R amp S FS K5 AUTO LEVTime query only READ AUTO LEVTime This command starts a measurement sequence which automatically adjusts the level and trigger timing of the input signal to the analyzer Preconditions are a correct setting of center frequency and a correct choice of the GSM trigger source to be utilised refer to command TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ O sec should be used for the time between trigger and begin of slot The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the following format lt status gt lt signal power gt lt time from trigger to begin of slot gt lt trigger level gt lt reserved gt lt status gt status PASSED measurement successful result figures are valid FAILED measurement failed result figures are invalid error e g no carrier can be read out of the status reporting system signal power signal power dBm reference level is automatically set 3 dB above the signal power time trigger to virtual begin of slot s correction value for the time offset between the currently active GSM trigger and beginning of the slot trigger level dBm V trigger level of the currently active GSM trigger for IF RF the units are dBm for external trigger the
249. s the LIMIT ABS REL softkey to toggle between absolute and relative dependent on pre measurement limits Since firmware version 3 70 the type of the reference measurement either PEAK default or RMS can be selected 2 18 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to transients Press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey to start continuous measurement of the spectrum due to transients in the Continuous Sweep mode see Figure 2 15 All the parameters used in TRA measurement are reset to their default values see above the TRANSIENT SPECTRUM softkey IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF SPEC SWIT IMM SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI CALCI LIMI NAME TRAU G CALC1 LIM1 FAIL Note In remote control mode the user must assign the following name to the limit line before it is used CALC1 LIM1 NAME TRAU G or TRAU E Transient Spectrum RBW SA kHz UBL 104 kHz Ref 1 9 dBm Att 15 dB SWT 2 5 s LIST RESULTS 1 PE HAXH START REF HERS Center 1 GHz 369 kHz span 3 6 MHz Figure 2 15 Spectrum due to transients in frequency domain 1141 1515 44 2 79 E Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Press the START LIST softkey to start measurement of the spectrum due to transients in the time domain Zero Span The analyzer measures at the following pegged offsets from the channel frequency 400 kHz 600 kHz 1200 kHz 1800 kHz You can choose the reso
250. s to be provided by the user in case of activated absolute levels LIM T BASE and LIMIT STEP value Both values restrict the relative step height the edge of the upper limit line to an absolute base value as formulated in the GSM standard description quote 30 dBc or 17 dBm depending on which limit value is higher as an example for the GSM900 standard The first value provides the absolute base value for the region beyond 28 us apart from the useful area at either side of the burst the second value specifies the base value for the region between 18 us and 28 us distant to the useful part of the slot at either side 1141 1515 44 2 47 E 7 Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 A third PREC ACTIVE value setting supports a speciality of the GSM 900 standard this base value somewhat reduced in the standard is used directly before an active slot instead of the LimitBase value The absolute level settings are necessary because the K5 option normally allows the PvT measurement to be executed independent of any restriction to absolute power The GSM standard in turn refers to absolute power values in several points In order to avoid this deviation between flexible measurement and the defined GSM absolute power values the option of adapting the measurement to the current power level has been created with the specification of arbitrary absolute level values for the settings the user is thus free to perform GSM like mea
251. sible to work with RMS detector In the FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT this detector needs to be switched on Additionaly since that firmware version the reference level is reduced by 25 dB from 600 kHz distance from the carrier Averaging is done during the active part of the GSM or EDGE burst 50 to 90 96 over the selected number of bursts The measurement time depends on the number of averages required SWEEP COUNT number of TDMA burts to be averaged While measurement is in progress the measured values at the various frequency offsets are displayed briefly in the measurement diagram The curve reflects progress of the measurement The power measured beforehand with a freely selectable resolution bandwidth is used as the reference power for the relative measured values and for the position of the limit lines Reference measurement therefore has to be performed beforehand with the appropriate parameter settings in order for measurement to be correct When the measuring sequence is completed the results are displayed in list form The values marked with an x violate the margin The values marked with an asterisk violate the limit value IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF SPEC MOD IMM SWE COUN 20 READ SPEC MOD REE IMM READ SPEC MOD ALL 2 66 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of spectrum due to modulation RBH 38 kHz i IBH 38 kHz ignei Ref dBm Att i dB SHT 75 ws SHEEP 3 nU a CL EHE 1 in Progr
252. signals esee 2 17 Requirements for the measuring signal ooccocccccccncocncoccnoonnnnnncncnnnconanonnnnnonrnnorononanonanannns 2 17 Quickreference Guide inicio dl eb 2 17 Medasuremenl near segeln 2 18 A ea ee 2 20 Number of bursts to be measured NO OF BURSTS eese 2 20 Measuring with slow frequency DOPpiNQ occcocnccoccccccnccncncccononaconncnononononononancnnnononanonos 2 20 Addit naliNormat ON str o denied 2 21 Availability of keys and softkeys u a ei iia 2 22 Measurement of phase and frequency error 2 2us0220 n0002n0nn0nnnunnnnnnnnn ann nnnnn nun ann nnnun nun nnn nenn 2 23 Requirements for the measuring signal u22uu0224022n0ennnn nenne nenn nennnnnen nenne nennen nnns 2 23 Quick reference guide u a ea cs tdo 2 23 Measurement sarisini e ae E 2 24 FESTA Sussie SNA adn 2 26 Number of bursts to be measured NO OF BURSTS sese 2 26 Measuring with slow frequency DOPpiNQ occooccccccnccccnccncncocnncnnconncnononononononnncnnncnnnanonos 2 26 Additonal IDIOEREl Do us iioc etx enden ten i a nennen 2 27 Availability of keys and softkeys uusssuuessneeneneneneenennnnnnnnnnnennnnn nenn nnnnn nnne nnne nennen nnns 2 28 Measurement of carrier Power aa 2 29 Requirements for the measuring signal ooccocccccccncocnccconconnnnnncnconnconaconnnononnnnnnononanonanonnns 2 29 Quickreference g lde NE m x 2
253. six measurements supported in this firmware application The GSM EDGE FS K5 application provides a convenient means of performing the measurements listed below for GSM900 P GSM E GSM and R GSM DCS1800 or PCS1900 mobiles or base stations by analogy with the standards GSM 11 10 GSM 11 10 DCS GSM11 10 1 and J STD 007 Air Interface Characteristics of GMSK modulation e PFE Phase frequency error Measurement of phase and frequency error with synchronization to midamble IQ offset and IQ imbalance Characteristics of GMSK modulation e MAC Modulation Accuracy Measurement of EVM of 95 th percentile value of origin offset suppression of frequency error of IQ offset and IQ imbalance with synchronization to midamble Carrier power versus time e CPW Carrier power Measurement of carrier power e PVT Power versus time Measurement of carrier power versus time with synchronization to midamble Spectral characteristics e MOD Spectrum due to modulation Measurement of spectrum due to modulation e RA Spectrum due to transients Measurement of spectrum due to transients e SPU Spurious Measurement of spurious Measurements are available for one slot per frame or for the adjustable multislot mode Limit values can be defined for each individual measurement Some basic limit values are predefined and can be changed or supplemented by other limit values The limit lines of GSM and EDGE signals are denoted by the extensions _G or E respectively
254. softkey starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy in accordance with the standard see Figure 2 4 The overview of the numeric modulation errors is shown on the screen The error is calculated over the 147 useful bits without tail bits ie over 142 symbols The EMV value of each symbol is calculated and displayed as trace The following values are then calculated and displayed PEAK HLD Peak value of the EVM calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURST PEAK AVG Average of the peak value of EVM per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS RMS HLD Maximum value of the RMS value of the EVM calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS RMS AVG Average of the RMS value of EVM per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS FREQ HLD Peak value of the magnitude of the frequency error calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS FREQ AVG Average of the frequency error calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS OOS HLD Peak value of the Origin Offset Suppression calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS OOS AVG Average of the maximum Origin Offset Suppression value per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS PERC HLD Peak value of the 95 th percentile value calculated over 142 bits NO OF BURSTS PERC AVG Average of the PERC value per burst calculated over the number of bursts defined by NO OF BURSTS IQOF HLD Peak value of IQ
255. spectrum due to switching of the burst signal is the more significant The R amp S FS K5 offers two different ways of measuring the spectrum due to transients e General measurement in the frequency domain FREQUENCY SWEEP and e Measurement of the spectrum due to transients in the time domain with discrete frequencies n x 200 kHz from carrier frequency and output of the measured values in a list the START LIST softkey The measured values can be checked against absolute or relative limit lines Requirements for the measuring signal The frame pattern should include at least one rising and one falling edge Quick reference guide Without explaining them the quick reference guide presents the settings required for measurement in a practical sequence The precondition for the procedure as described here is that the presets are activated PRESET key before the procedure starts sema pwns Set frequency FREQ key Start application GSM EDGE hotkey Enter external attenuation GENERAL SETTINGS softkey Default O dB EXTERNAL ATTEN softkey Fine tune level to within approx 3 dB AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey or REF LEVEL softkey Position burst in mask Start measurement START LIST softkey 1141 1515 44 2 1 1 E 7 Measurement of spectrum due to transients R amp S FS K5 Measurement GSM EDGE menu START LIST LIST RESULTS REF POWER RMS LIMIT REL START REF MEAS
256. splay mode are reset to their default values see Test hints No reference measurement is performed and the limit values are not adjusted The corresponding limit lines are shown on the monitor The 30 symbols are checked against the Imit lines with a resolution of 4 or 8 points per symbol FULL Ref 6 5 dem Att 18 dB SHT 4565 25 ps BURST EDGE u LL wes HIGH RESOL EXT IEC IEEE bus command CONF BURS PTEM SEL FALL i RH AUG 3 HI HIHH START REF MEAS Center i GHz ETT Fig 2 4 PVT measurement FALLING EDGE SCREEN E gt 1141 1515 44 2 40 E R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 Measurement of carrier power versus time Press the TOP HIGH RESOL softkey to select a display mode in which the useful part of the entire burst bursts can be viewed on the monitor with a level resolution of 1 dB Div The limit check is performed wit a resolution of 4 samples per symbol not with the display resolution which may be considerably lower All the settings of relevance to this display mode are reset to their default values see Test hints No reference measurement is performed and the limit values are not adjusted The corresponding limit lines are shown on the display IEC IEEE bus command CONF BURS PTEM SEL TOP Marker 1 CTi J A 63 dBi Ref 2 3 dBm Att 15 dB SHT 1 377 ms 9 758724 us Co SUMMARY ET1J LIMIT CHECK PARES MEAN 0 60 dEn SINGLE TRG s HLe zb He SUEEP i Rii i TRGS AUG 266 33
257. st EXTernal TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IFPower or TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust RFPower commands IEC IEEE bus command the GSM trigger offset must be specified in remote control mode Trigger Uffset between The TRIGGER FREE RUN softkey switches on the FREE RUN GSM trigger The FREE RUN trigger is very useful in conjunction with R amp S FSQ base band inputs if no external trigger is available and IF power triggering is not possible because of unbursted signals Note Please be aware that some triggering is necessary for most of the GSM measurements If FREE RUN is used e g the CPW measurement does not any longer deliver useful results IQ measurements PVT PFE amp MAC are working without a problem because of burst and or sync search IEC IEEE bus command TRIG SYNC ADJ IMM The TRIGGER EXTERN softkey switches on the external GSM trigger Triggering is either by an external trigger PFE CPW PVT MOD or by a free running trigger TRA SPU see Chapter 1 Trigger options When the external trigger is used triggering is by a TTL signal at the EXT TRIGGER GATE input at the rear of the device With this softkey also the external trigger level can be adjusted in the range from 0 5 V to 3 5 V The default value is 1 4 V Note In remote control mode the GSM trigger offset has to be entered at the same time as the GSM trigger is selected IEC IEEE bus command TRIG SYNC ADJ EXT 460us to 8s TRIGg
258. starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC FREQ MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 42 E R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands READ BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC Offset measurement in 9o taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to sin
259. surements regardless of the special power situation they actually encounter 1141 1515 44 2 48 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Settings specific to a Slot For each slot the following items can be specified individually e Modulation e Reference power e Limit Line power level control level For the kind of modulation either GMSK or 8PSK EDGE can be selected The modulation controls the demodulator and the kind of limit line to be used Selecting OFF marks the slot as inactive The user is free to use STANDARD Ref 26 dEm Att SHT 4 0445 me DYNAMIC EXTENDED SLOT CONFIGURATION LONG SLOTS ACTIVE NO LONG SLOTS 3 7 seal Elbe TRIGGER REFERENCE A REF MIDAMBLE TSC 8 OFF ONLY ONE FRAME NO ABSOLUTE LEUEL PREC ACTIVE U o LIMIT BASE VALUE LIMIT STEP UAL SLOT MOD LEVEL LIMIT LINE EE ND REF VALUE CTRLUL LOWER UPPER GMSK REL a PUTL G PUTU_G OFF eK EI PUTL_E PUTLLE OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Center 9 z MHz SPECTRUM NE THORK USA MORE SCREEN B Fig 2 8 Dynamic extended slot configuration incorrect level profile gt With the LEVEL REF VALUE settings group the OdB reference line is individually defined for each slot The limit line template which arises from the standard is adjusted to this OdB line e relative e relative to another slot e absolute or e automatic settings for each slot 1141 1515 44 2 49 E Measurement of carrier power versus
260. synchronization sequence training sequence of the midamble is found in these measurements premeasurements the bit is reset 2 No carrier screen A This bit is set if in GSM EDGE mode the level value determined in the premeasurements for carrier power versus time PVT and spectrum due to modulation is too low The bit is reset at the beginning of the premeasurement see also Chapter 2 description of the named premeasurements Carrier overload screen A This bit is set if in GSM EDGE mode the level value determined in the premeasurements for carrier versus time PVT and spectrum due to modulation is too high The bit is reset at the beginning of the premeasurement see also Chapter 2 description of the named premeasurements This bit is always O 1141 1515 44 3 73 E R amp S FS K5 Index Index Note The softkeys are listed alphebetically under the keyword Softkey 8 o pho MR RT ER TM UN AS 1 1 IF Power Trigger active ea 1 15 MidamBle NEED 2 10 3 8 Input SOLO CHOI re ee ee 3 13 EXE TAO GAO IN een 2 6 A K Aborting a measurement eese sees nennen anna 1 8 Key ARFCN ae did Unius se ee ipM vas au eines 1 1 FRE MO TUN 2 16 B L BURST FIND always ON in this version ss 1 16 LIMIT LINE ERROR No or wrong limit line or limit checks Burst NOt TOUnd aeo et Namen 1 14 disabled on TRAGET nn as etd eerte en 1 16 BUST ID NG er 2 36 M C MAREIN lt A ion 1 8 Carrier Overload Bit
261. t the lt gate length gt is 170 us according to GSM Spec Parameters lt PEAK meas gt lt RMS meas gt lt AVG meas gt lt trigger mode gt lt trigger slo pe trigger offset gt lt gate length EIST POW SET OFF OFE ON EXT POS 9432US9 170 US Do the list power measurement lt analyzer freq gt lt ref level gt lt rf att gt lt el att gt lt filter type gt lt rbw gt lt vbw gt lt meas time gt lt trigger level gt Explanation lt analyzer freq gt is the carrier frequency offset values ig lt ref level gt is the read out reference Level if analyzer freq 800kHz or more away from carrier the value can be reduced by 10 dB to Ly increase dynamic If lt rf atts is the read out rf manual att value rs el att 0 if device supports el att read out the 1141 1515 44 2 71 E Measurement of spectrum due to modulation R amp S FS K5 value also before List meas II lt filter type gt NORMAL IF lt rbw gt 30kHz if analyzer freq 1800kHz or more away ree from carrier 100 kHz al lt vbw gt 30kHz if analyzer freq 1800kHz or more away P from carrier 100 kHz iy lt meas time gt number of sweeps lt gate length gt with 20 I sweeps gt 3 4 MS lt trigger level gt 0 dummy parameter List for the following freq 6000 1800 1200 600 400 250 200 Jf 200 250 400 600 1200 1800 6000 in kHz from Carrier 1 GHz LIST POW 0 994GHZ 7 4 DBM
262. t and lt Limit gt are in relative units dB Result of the limit check in character data form PASSED no limit exceeded FAILED limit exceeded MARGIN margin exceeded EXC limit excess marked as an exception The frequencies lt Freq1 gt and lt Freq2 gt are always absolute i e not referred to the carrier frequency This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation Example Result Characteristics INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result READ SPEC MOD Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result EETC SPEC MOD ARFCH Queries the result of the measurement in the time domain without starting a new measurement 0 9090E0 915ED5 0 4 4 1090 ABS FATLED 14999280099 72B0s703 2 4 1090 ABS RATED 27 0995486 999 E6 70 4 109 0 ABS5 TALhsD RST value SCPI device specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 34 E 7 R amp S FS K5 Description of Commands FETCh SPECtrum MODulation REFerence This command reads out the results of the premeasurement of modulation due to spectrum measurement The result is output
263. t MACCuracy IMMediate This command selects measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile or base station MAC When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode option R amp S FS K5 and when modulation type EDGE CONFigure MTYPe EDGE Is selected Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure BURSt PFERror IMMediate This command selects measurement of the phase and frequency error of the mobile or base station PFE When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM EDGE mode R amp S FS K5 and when modulation type GMSK is selected CONFigure MTYPe GMSk Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWEZCOUN 20 Sets the number of bursts UINIT IMM WAI Sxecutes the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value
264. te premeasurement READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL Query of result is included in READ commands INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate FETCh SPECtrum MODulation REFerence FETCh SPECtrum MODulation ALL ARFCn INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate READ SPECtrum MODulation REFerence IMMediate Query of result is included in READ command INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value INITiate IMMediate WAI Query of result CALCulatel LIMit1 NAME TRAU G TRAU E CALCulatel LIMitl1 FAIL INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate SWEep COUNt num value READ SPECtrum SWITching ALL Query of result is included in READ command INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL INSTrument SELect MGSM CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching LIMit ABSolute RELative CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching TYPE PEAK RMS SWEep COUNt num value READ SPECtrum SWITching REFerence IMMediate premeas only LIM REL INITiate IMMediate WAI FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL 3 69 E Softkeys Command R amp S FS K5 ME ABS REL START REF
265. tically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM EDGE Analyzer option R amp S FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC OSUP MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value 1141 1515 44 3 45 E Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 READ BURSt MACCuracy PEAK AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This comm
266. time R amp S FS K5 An additionally specified level offset VALUE permits fine adjustment of the respective lines Relative Denotes the placement of the limit lines relative to the reference power which in turn is a result of the PvT pre measurement An offset of O dB will place the lines exactly to the mean power of the reference slot Relative to slot Is nearly the same but instead of the reference slot any active slot can be used as a base for the power level calculus This setting just makes sense if the slot level depends on the level of another slot just different to the reference slot Absolute Means that the lines are to be placed in a way which is consistent with a mean power of x dBm whereas x is the level value provided with the configuration data Automatic Will place the line according to the measured power of the pre measurement A detailed explanation of the placing of the limit lines is given in the next section Power versus lime Marker 1 T1 J ce gt NDAD Ref 2 dEm Att SMT 4 0406 mz 411 433775 ps DYHANIC 3 Pf e POWER CTL LIMIT CHEEK FAIL MEAN 13 07 dBm LIME _EPUITL FAIL FAIL LONG SLOTS ACTIVE NO Tees Se Sr Seal LI TRIGGER REFERENCE REF MIDAMBLE TSC a ON ONLY ONE FRAME ND ABSOLUTE LEVEL EE pm TI LIMIT BASE VALLE LIMIT STEP URL SLOT MOD LEVEL LIMIT LINE E REF UALUE CTRLUL LOWER UPPER REL B A PUTL B PUTULG RES 16 8 PUTL B PUTLLG AUTO 4 4 A TESE PUTLLE FUTL G PUTU_G
267. tion is exited this modification is cancelled mixer level maximum 30 dBm for FSP 25dBm for FSU FSQ 1141 1515 44 1 6 E 6 FS K5 Firmware application FS K5 RBH 3 MHz UBU 18 MHz GENERAL Ref doe Att 18 dB SUT 5 as SETTINGS Center 942 4 MHz 508 us Ex pm Figure 1 2 Start screen in GSM EDGE mode If the display does not update when you activate the GSM EDGE mode screen frozen check the frequency reduce external or internal attenuation or increase the level or switch to an external trigger The application s general settings The GENERAL SETTINGS menu contains the functions for setting the basic parameters needed in order to perform measurements All the parameters you cannot change in this menu can be controlled by means of the keys on the basic unit You cannot always change all the parameters for specific measurements Availability is detailed in the descriptions of the individual measurements Measuring with the application Once you exit the GENERAL SETTINGS menu PREV or GSM EDGE you can start all measurements by pressing the appropriate softkey in the GSM EDGE menu The PVT MOD and TRA measurements offer a choice of modes you can start and parameterize these modes in the submenu of the measurement you select The measurements of the FS K5 may be divided into 2 classes Measurements with and without preceding reference measurements The purpose of the reference measurement depending
268. to 2 865 dBEm The carrier overload bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set 2 43 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 If the reference level is too high i e Signal level of DUT reference level reference level offset gt 11 dB the following message is issued REF LEVEL too high DECREASE REF LEUEL to 5 34 dem signal power 9 34 dBm The no carrier bit in IEC IEEE bus status management is set If the reference level is in range i e 11 dB lt signal level of DUT reference level reference level offset lt 5 dB the following message is issued E GSM PUT REF MEAS ok signal power B rr dBm The AUTO LEVEL amp TIME softkey starts a measurement by means of which an automatic and best possible level and if required trigger setting of the measuring device is performed The measurement first determines the maximum level of the signal and sets the measuring device reference level so that there are maximum level dynamics with sufficient base saturation reserve If the device is not operated in FreeRun mode and a Sync sequence is simultaneously specified as a trigger support Trigger Sync ON a trigger delay is set up in the data stream in a subsequent step by determining the Sync sequence so that the data sequence can be suitably recorded in the data store IEC Bus command TRIG SEQ SYNC ADJ AUTO Press the SPECTRUM hotkey to launch the Analy
269. to 4 timeslots to a mobile The two modulation modes GMSK and EDGE can be used Of significance for the FS K5 application firmware in this respect is that the mobile can send power on a frequency in more than one timeslot Note In this manual the functions described are illustrated by means of an FSP 1141 1515 44 1 4 E 6 FS K5 Firmware application FS K5 Firmware application FS K5 The characteristics of the GSM system as outlined above have to be measured in development and production and checked against limit values The characteristics belonging to the physical layer that have to be checked include The characteristics of GMSK modulation Phase frequency error The characteristics of 8PSK modulation Modulation accuracy Carrier power versus time Power time characteristic of power and timing offset of power within a timeslot several timeslots are checked The spectral characteristics The spectral distribution of the energy is measured in the frequency channel in the transmit band and outside the transmit band A distinction is made between two causes for the form of spectral distribution 1 The spectrum caused by GMSK or 8PSK EDGE modulation measurement is performed only in that part of the timeslot in which power is virtually constant in other words the switching ramps are ignored 2 The spectrum caused by switching of the power in a timeslot In accordance with these requirements the standards define the
270. to noise relation of the measurement device must be taken into account In general it will make hardly any sense to deal with level differences of 50dB or more between the strongest and the weakest slot The typical signal to noise ratio of the R amp S FSQ is approximately 80 dB if limit lines with a typical relative extend of 60 dB are applied the largest sensible level difference is some 20 dB Otherwise the measurement would fail i e a FAILED due to the dynamic limit Limit Line handling in remote operation The limit lines for extended slot configuration mode are automatically generated as described above For that reason following conventions for the CALC LIMIT sub system has to observed Up to 4 limit lines for upper and lower limits are generated Following names are used Lower limit line names epvtlO epvtl3 Upper limit line names _epvtu4 epvtu The digit at the end of the limit line name represents the SCPI Limit Check status bit number and therefore after adding 1 the numerical suffix used in the SCPI limit line subsystem Example epvtl1 Power vs Time Lower Limit Line 1 Bit 1 of the STAT QUES LIM COND register Addressed by CALC LIM2 The limit line state whether it is switch ON CALC LIMx STAT and the PASSED FAILED information CALC LIMx FAIL has to be checked e Burst and sync search in the Extended slot Configuration The burst search switch BURST FIND is not available the extended slot
271. ts Increase of measurement speed In remote control the measurement speed is considerably increased by using the SENSe MPOWer subsystem This subsystem provides a fast measurement of the power control levels of a series of consecutive bursts with monotonically decreasing power The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the mean burst power or peak burst power for a given number of signal bursts and for outputting the results in a list Since all the settings required for a measurement are combined in a single command the measurement speed is considerably higher than when using individual commands For measuring the signal bursts the GATED SWEEP function is used in the time domain The gate is controlled either by an external trigger signal or by the video signal An individual trigger event is required for each burst to be measured If an external trigger signal is used the threshold is fixed to TTL level while with a video signal the threshold can be set as desired The following graphics shows the relation between trigger time trigger offset for delayed gate opening and measurement time Measurement Measurement Measurement Time Time Time lt t Trigger Trigger Trigger Offset Offset Offset Trigger Trigger Trigger Signal Signal Signal Depending on the settings made the measurements are performed with the RMS detector for RMS power or the PEAK detector for peak power For all these measurements TRACE
272. ure the power of the spectral components due to modulation and switching and for reading out the results subsequently Measurement of spectrum due to modulation MOD Measurement of spectrum due to transients TRA COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT READ Option R amp S FS K5 SPECtrum MODulation ALL query only REFerence IMMediate query only SWITching ALL query only REFerence IMMediate READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL This command starts the measurement of the modulation spectrum of the base station or mobile and reads out the result The measurement is performed in the frequency range ARFCN 1 8 MHz The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the following format lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt where the part set in characterizes a partial result string which can be repeated n times Index 0 if the partial result string characterizes a measurement range current number lt gt 0 if the partial result string characterizes a single limit excess lt Freq1 gt Start frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the limit is exceeded lt Freq2 gt Stop frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the measured range is exceeded The value of lt Freq2 gt i
273. used the free run trigger is selected because a synchronization can be done with sync and burst search Now also for these measurements the IF or RF power trigger will be selected if F RF PWR AS IQ TRIG is active Default state is OFF Note For using the power triggers in IQ mode the detector board with the model number 03 or higher must be part of the analyzer hardware Without that kind of detector board the free run trigger is used IEC IEEE bus command TRIG1 SEQ SYNC IQP O 1 Table 2 1 Trigger bersicht Measurement Possible trigger s Trigger used when trigger mode Extern IF Power RF Power FSP only External IF Power External Free Run Im Access Burst Free Run Im Access Burst RF Power Free Run Modus oder wenn IF RF PWR Modus oder wenn IF RF PWR AS AS IQ TRIG aktiv IF Power IQ TRIG aktiv RF Power External IF Power External IF Power RF Power RF Power External IF Power External IF Power RF Power RF Power PVT External IF Power External Free Run Im Access Burst Free Run Im Access Burst RF Power Free Run Modus oder wenn IF RF PWR Modus oder wenn IF RF PWR AS AS IQ TRIG aktiv IF Power IQ TRIG aktiv RF Power 1141 1515 44 2 8 E R amp S FS K5 Selecting default settings DEMOD SETTINGS menu GSM EDGE menu N SELECT AADARD Pressing the DEMOD SETTINGS softkey opens a MIDAMBLE DYNAMIC submenu for setting the major parameters of the demodulator in the GSM EDGE application These para
274. xample INST MGSM CONF REST Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode restores the GSM EDGE limit lines This command is an event and is therefore not assigned a query and has no RST value CONFigure MS SSEarch ON OFF This command toggles between active syncronization search and inactive schronizationy search When this mode is active the GSM EDGE measurement software presumes that the midamble found corresponds to the preset TSC One search type burst or sync find must always be active Example INST MGSM CONE SSE QEE Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific 1141 1515 44 3 13 Switches the instrument to GSM EDGE mode Switches off the SYNC SEARCH mode E 7 Description of Commands R amp S FS K5 CONFigure BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM EDGE mode option R amp S FS K5 which are performed on individual bursts Carrier Power CPW Modulation Accuracy MAC Phase Frequency Error PFE Power vs Time PVT COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT CONFigure Option R amp S FS K5 BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate no query PFERror MMediate no query POWer MMediate no query PTEMplate FIL Ter G500 B600 FRZoom lt numeric_value gt MMediate no query SELect FULL TOP RISing FALLing FRZoom TMHRes lt boolean gt CONFigure BURS
275. ys il NE TRG COHTIHUE SGL SHEEP SHEEPT INE 3 HI HANUAL HIHH SHEEPTINE AUTO Lop a SHEEP COUNT SHEEP POINTS Center 1 GHz ERST EXE Fig 2 5 PVT measurement TOP HIGH RESOLUTION SGL SHEEP DISP OFF 2 AA The softkey FALL RISE ZOOM is available if more than one slot is active See MULTISLOT under the DEMOD SETTINGS menu If the softkey is pressed the transition number where the zoom shall be carried out can be entered The valid range is 1 active slots 1 In the FALL RISE ZOOM mode 30 symbols on the x axis are shown IEC IEEE bus commands INST SEL MGSM CONF BURS PTEM IMM CONF CHAN SLOT MULT ACT3SYNC1 CONF BURS PTEM SEL FRZ CONF BURS PTEM FRZ 2 READ BURS PTEM REF IMM 2 41 E Measurement of carrier power versus time R amp S FS K5 1141 1515 44 The softkey TIME MEAS HIGH RESOL is available if the external trigger is selected and the PVT is running in FULL BURST MODE In this mode the power versus time works with a higher sampling rate The TRGS trigger to start symbol of midamble is displayed with high display resolution The absolute minimum MIN the absolute maximum MAX and the average AVG value are displayed Increasing the sweep count will increase the accuracy of the value If 8 slots are active on a R amp S FSP without B70 and the time measurement high resolution modus is activated the active 4 sync to 2 configuration is automatically started and
276. zer mode The following settings are changed automatically as described below all other settings are taken from the GSM EDGE mode Span ZERO SPAN RBW 300 kHz Trigger GSM trigger IEC IEEE bus command INST SEL SAN 2 44 E R amp S FS K5 Measurement of carrier power versus time Extended Slot Configuration for Multi Slot measurements The R amp S K5 supports several operating mode to measure GSM signals e Default Single slot used GMSK or 8PSK e Multi Slot 1 2 3 4 or 8 Slots active same signal power and modulation or each slot e Extended Slot Configuration 1 or more slots active different signal power and or modulation for each slot The softkeys are describes in the menu DEMOD SETTINGS The following chapter offers a summarized description of the extended slot configuration mode Overview and basic properties The Multi Slot mode of the R amp S K5 GSM firmware permits GSM measurements during multi slot operation i e allows the software to be configured to support several active slots per frame For this all slots must have the same power rating and the same modulation type In addition the slots to be measured must be in a directly consecutive time sequence gaps between individual active slots within a frame are not permissible When using the Extended Slot Configuration the user is free to configure the 8 slots of a frame individually The system will support mixed modulation as well as variant slot power f

Software Manual R&S FS-K5

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Software Manual R&amp;S FS-K5

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Software Manual R&S FS-K5